Experiment: make "encoding" mandatory, when preceded by -strict/-failvar/-nocomplain options

2023-01-25 17:09:18 +00:00
560 changed files with 79764 additions and 38364 deletions
@@ -48,11 +48,9 @@ libtommath/*.tex
 macosx/configure
 unix/autoMkindex.tcl
 unix/dltest.marker
-unix/dltest/embtest
 unix/dltest/*.bundle
 unix/dltest/*.dll
 unix/dltest/*.dylib
-unix/dltest/*.exe
 unix/dltest/*.o
 unix/dltest/*.sl
 unix/dltest/*.so
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-version: 2
-updates:
- package-ecosystem: "github-actions"
-  directory: "/"
-  schedule:
-      interval: "weekly"
@@ -1,12 +1,5 @@
 name: Linux
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-    - "main"
-    - "core-8-branch"
-    - "core-8-6-branch"
-    tags:
-    - "core-**"
+on: [push]
 permissions:
  contents: read
 jobs:
@@ -29,7 +22,6 @@ jobs:
    steps:
      - name: Checkout
        uses: actions/checkout@v3
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Prepare
        run: |
          touch tclStubInit.c tclOOStubInit.c tclOOScript.h
@@ -40,30 +32,23 @@ jobs:
          ./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
        env:
          CFGOPT: ${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Build
        run: |
          make all
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Build Test Harness
        run: |
          make tcltest
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Run Tests
        run: |
          make test
        env:
          ERROR_ON_FAILURES: 1
-        timeout-minutes: 30
      - name: Test-Drive Installation
        run: |
          make install
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Create Distribution Package
        run: |
          make dist
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Convert Documentation to HTML
        run: |
          make html-tcl
-        timeout-minutes: 5
@@ -1,12 +1,5 @@
 name: macOS
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-    - "main"
-    - "core-8-branch"
-    - "core-8-6-branch"
-    tags:
-    - "core-**"
+on: [push]
 permissions:
  contents: read
 jobs:
@@ -19,7 +12,6 @@ jobs:
    steps:
      - name: Checkout
        uses: actions/checkout@v3
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Prepare
        run: |
          touch tclStubInit.c tclOOStubInit.c tclOOScript.h
@@ -27,14 +19,12 @@ jobs:
      - name: Build
        run: make all
        env:
-          CFLAGS: -arch x86_64 -arch arm64
-        timeout-minutes: 15
+          CFLAGS: -arch x86_64 -arch arm64e
      - name: Run Tests
        run: make test styles=develop
        env:
          ERROR_ON_FAILURES: 1
          MAC_CI: 1
-        timeout-minutes: 15
  clang:
    runs-on: macos-11
    strategy:
@@ -52,7 +42,6 @@ jobs:
    steps:
      - name: Checkout
        uses: actions/checkout@v3
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Prepare
        run: |
          touch tclStubInit.c tclOOStubInit.c tclOOScript.h
@@ -62,19 +51,16 @@ jobs:
        # Note that macOS is always a 64 bit platform
        run: ./configure --enable-dtrace --enable-framework ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
        env:
-          CFLAGS: -arch x86_64 -arch arm64
+          CFLAGS: -arch x86_64 -arch arm64e
          CFGOPT: ${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Build
        run: |
          make all tcltest
        env:
-          CFLAGS: -arch x86_64 -arch arm64
-        timeout-minutes: 15
+          CFLAGS: -arch x86_64 -arch arm64e
      - name: Run Tests
        run: |
          make test
        env:
          ERROR_ON_FAILURES: 1
          MAC_CI: 1
-        timeout-minutes: 15
@@ -1,11 +1,5 @@
 name: Build Binaries
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-    - "main"
-    - "core-8-branch"
-    tags:
-    - "core-**"
+on: [push]
 permissions:
  contents: read
 jobs:
@@ -15,7 +9,6 @@ jobs:
    defaults:
      run:
        shell: bash
-    timeout-minutes: 10
    steps:
      - name: Checkout
        uses: actions/checkout@v3
@@ -51,7 +44,6 @@ jobs:
    defaults:
      run:
        shell: bash
-    timeout-minutes: 10
    steps:
      - name: Checkout
        uses: actions/checkout@v3
@@ -70,7 +62,7 @@ jobs:
          sudo chmod a+x /usr/local/bin/macher
          echo "VER_PATH=$(cd tools; pwd)/addVerToFile.tcl" >> $GITHUB_ENV
          echo "CREATE_DMG=$(cd create-dmg;pwd)/create-dmg" >> $GITHUB_ENV
-          echo "CFLAGS=-arch x86_64 -arch arm64" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+          echo "CFLAGS=-arch x86_64 -arch arm64e" >> $GITHUB_ENV
      - name: Configure
        run: ./configure --disable-symbols --disable-shared --enable-zipfs
        working-directory: unix
@@ -114,7 +106,6 @@ jobs:
    defaults:
      run:
        shell: msys2 {0}
-    timeout-minutes: 10
    env:
      CC: gcc
      CFGOPT: --disable-symbols --disable-shared
@@ -1,12 +1,5 @@
 name: Windows
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-    - "main"
-    - "core-8-branch"
-    - "core-8-6-branch"
-    tags:
-    - "core-**"
+on: [push]
 permissions:
  contents: read
 env:
@@ -31,31 +24,26 @@ jobs:
    steps:
      - name: Checkout
        uses: actions/checkout@v3
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Init MSVC
        uses: ilammy/msvc-dev-cmd@v1
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Build ${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
        run: |
          &nmake -f makefile.vc ${{ matrix.cfgopt }} all
          if ($lastexitcode -ne 0) {
             throw "nmake exit code: $lastexitcode"
          }
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Build Test Harness ${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
        run: |
          &nmake -f makefile.vc ${{ matrix.cfgopt }} tcltest
          if ($lastexitcode -ne 0) {
             throw "nmake exit code: $lastexitcode"
          }
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Run Tests ${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
        run: |
          &nmake -f makefile.vc ${{ matrix.cfgopt }} test
          if ($lastexitcode -ne 0) {
             throw "nmake exit code: $lastexitcode"
          }
-        timeout-minutes: 30
  gcc:
    runs-on: windows-2022
    defaults:
@@ -79,10 +67,8 @@ jobs:
        with:
          msystem: MINGW64
          install: git mingw-w64-x86_64-toolchain make
-        timeout-minutes: 10
      - name: Checkout
        uses: actions/checkout@v3
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Prepare
        run: |
          touch tclStubInit.c tclOOStubInit.c tclOOScript.h
@@ -93,16 +79,12 @@ jobs:
          ./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
        env:
          CFGOPT: --enable-64bit ${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Build
        run: make all
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Build Test Harness
        run: make tcltest
-        timeout-minutes: 5
      - name: Run Tests
        run: make test
-        timeout-minutes: 30

 # If you add builds with Wine, be sure to define the environment variable
 # CI_USING_WINE when running them so that broken tests know not to run.
@@ -53,7 +53,6 @@ libtommath/*.tex
 macosx/configure
 unix/autoMkindex.tcl
 unix/dltest.marker
-unix/dltest/embtest
 unix/tcl.pc
 unix/tclIndex
 unix/pkgs/*
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
 <projectDescription>
-	<name>tcl9</name>
+	<name>tcl8</name>
 	<comment></comment>
 	<projects>
 	</projects>
@@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ jobs:
      compiler: gcc
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=3"
+    - name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
      os: linux
      dist: focal
      compiler: gcc
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-        - CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
+        - CFGOPT=CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=4
    - name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
      os: linux
      dist: focal
@@ -83,6 +83,13 @@ jobs:
      compiler: clang
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
+    - name: "Linux/Clang/Shared:NO_DEPRECATED"
+      os: linux
+      dist: xenial
+      compiler: clang
+      env:
+        - BUILD_DIR=unix
+        - CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
    - name: "Linux/Clang/Static"
      os: linux
      dist: focal
@@ -208,6 +215,15 @@ jobs:
      script:
        - cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
        - cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake '-f' makefile.vc test
+    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
+      os: windows
+      compiler: cl
+      env: *vcenv
+      before_install: *vcpreinst
+      install: []
+      script:
+        - cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=utf16' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
+        - cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=utf16' '-f' makefile.vc test
    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
      os: windows
      compiler: cl
@@ -254,6 +270,15 @@ jobs:
      script:
        - cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
        - cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake '-f' makefile.vc test
+    - name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
+      os: windows
+      compiler: cl
+      env: *vcenv
+      before_install: *vcpreinst
+      install: []
+      script:
+        - cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=utf16' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
+        - cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=utf16' '-f' makefile.vc test
    - name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
      os: windows
      compiler: cl
@@ -301,12 +326,12 @@ jobs:
        - touch generic/tclStubInit.c generic/tclOOStubInit.c generic/tclOOScript.h
        - choco install -y make zip
        - cd ${BUILD_DIR}
-    - name: "Windows/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=3"
+    - name: "Windows/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
      os: windows
      compiler: gcc
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
+        - CFGOPT="--enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=4"
      before_install: *makepreinst
    - name: "Windows/GCC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
      os: windows
@@ -343,12 +368,12 @@ jobs:
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared: UTF_MAX=3"
+    - name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
      os: windows
      compiler: gcc
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
+        - CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=4"
      before_install: *makepreinst
    - name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
      os: windows
@@ -1,24 +1,13 @@
 # README:  Tcl

-This is the **Tcl 9.0a4** source distribution.
+This is the **Tcl 8.7a6** source distribution.

 You can get any source release of Tcl from [our distribution
 site](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/).

-8.6 (production release, daily build)
-[![Build Status](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/workflows/Linux/badge.svg?branch=core-8-6-branch)](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Linux%22+branch%3Acore-8-6-branch)
-[![Build Status](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/workflows/Windows/badge.svg?branch=core-8-6-branch)](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Windows%22+branch%3Acore-8-6-branch)
-[![Build Status](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/workflows/macOS/badge.svg?branch=core-8-6-branch)](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22macOS%22+branch%3Acore-8-6-branch)
-<br>
-8.7 (in development, daily build))
 [![Build Status](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/workflows/Linux/badge.svg?branch=core-8-branch)](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Linux%22+branch%3Acore-8-branch)
 [![Build Status](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/workflows/Windows/badge.svg?branch=core-8-branch)](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Windows%22+branch%3Acore-8-branch)
 [![Build Status](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/workflows/macOS/badge.svg?branch=core-8-branch)](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22macOS%22+branch%3Acore-8-branch)
-<br>
-9.0 (in development, daily build))
-[![Build Status](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/workflows/Linux/badge.svg?branch=main)](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Linux%22+branch%3Amain)
-[![Build Status](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/workflows/Windows/badge.svg?branch=main)](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Windows%22+branch%3Amain)
-[![Build Status](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/workflows/macOS/badge.svg?branch=main)](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22macOS%22+branch%3Amain)

 ## Contents
 1. [Introduction](#intro)
@@ -56,7 +45,7 @@ and selling it either in whole or in part.  See the file
 ## <a id="doc">2.</a> Documentation
 Extensive documentation is available on our website.
 The home page for this release, including new features, is
-[here](https://www.tcl-lang.org/software/tcltk/9.0.html).
+[here](https://www.tcl-lang.org/software/tcltk/8.7.html).
 Detailed release notes can be found at the
 [file distributions page](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/)
 by clicking on the relevant version.
@@ -66,8 +55,8 @@ Xchange](https://www.tcl-lang.org/about/).
 There have been many Tcl books on the market.  Many are mentioned in
 [the Wiki](https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/_/ref?N=25206).

-The complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 9.0 is [online,
-here](https://www.tcl-lang.org/man/tcl9.0/).
+The complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 8.7 is [online,
+here](https://www.tcl-lang.org/man/tcl8.7/).

 ### <a id="doc.unix">2a.</a> Unix Documentation
 The `doc` subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of
@@ -2486,7 +2486,7 @@ interpreter. (JL)
 installing and requesting security policies, purely in Tcl code. Overloads
 the package command to also allow an interpreter to "require" a policy. The
 following new library commands are provided:
-	tcl_safeCreateInterp	-- creates a slave and initializes the
+	tcl_safeCreateInterp	-- creates a slave an initializes the
 				   policy mechanism.
 	tcl_safeInitInterp	-- initializes an existing slave with the
 				   policy mechanism.
@@ -3028,7 +3028,7 @@ in case of errors is required for proper cleanup by the user of fcopy. (BW)
 	x eval rename foo blotz
 	x alias foo {}
 The problem was that the interp code was not using the actual current name
-of the command to be deleted as a result of unaliasing foo. (JL)
+of the command to be deleted as a result of un-aliasing foo. (JL)

 6/19/97 (feature change) Pass interp down to the ChannelOption and
 driver specific calls so system errors can be differentiated from syntax
@@ -4167,7 +4167,7 @@ Only.)  This fix included:
 the location of the encoding files and libraries.  This fix included:
    - Adding the TclSetPerInitScript routine.
    - Modifying the Tcl_Init routines to evaluate the non-NULL
-      preinit script.
+      pre-init script.
    - Adding the Tcl_SetdefaultEncodingDir and Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir
      routines.
    - Modifying the TclpInitLibrary routines to append the default
@@ -4650,7 +4650,7 @@ threading may still cause problems on AIX. (hobbs)
 9/21/99 (bug fix) fixed bug when setting array in non-existent
 namespace. [Bug: 2613] (hobbs)

--- Released 8.2.1, October 04, 1999
+--- Released 8.2.1, October 04, 1999 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 10/30/99 (feature enhancement) new regexp engine from Henry Spencer
 was patched in - should greatly reduce stack space usage. (spencer)
@@ -4680,7 +4680,7 @@ when indexing into one (test case string-5.16) [Bug: 2871] (hobbs)

 10/30/99 (bug fix) fixes for mac UTF filename handling (ingham)

--- Released 8.2.2, November 04, 1999
+--- Released 8.2.2, November 04, 1999 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 11/19/99 (feature enhancement) bug fixes for http package as well as
 patch required by TLS (SSL) extension that adds http::(un)register
@@ -4705,7 +4705,7 @@ atexit handlers.
 12/07/99 (bug fix) fixes for 'expr + {[incr]}' and 'expr + {[error]}'
 cases (different causes).

--- Released 8.2.3, December 16, 1999
+--- Released 8.2.3, December 16, 1999 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 1999-09-14 (feature enhancement) added -start switch to regexp and regsub.

@@ -4762,7 +4762,7 @@ ExitThread to _endthreadex to prevent 4K mem leak (gravereaux)

 1999-12-21 (bug fix) changed thread ids to longs (for 64bit systems)

--- Released 8.3b1, December 22, 1999
+--- Released 8.3b1, December 22, 1999 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2000-01-10 (feature enhancement) clock scan now supports the common
 ISO 8601 date/time formats.  See docs for details. (melski)
@@ -4788,7 +4788,7 @@ symbolicly (like chmod) in [file attributes $file -permissions ...] (schoebel)
 2000-01-13 (bug fix) fixed lsort -dictionary problem when sorting
 characters between 'Z' and 'a' (flawed upper/lower comparison logic) (melski)

--- Released 8.3b2, January 13, 2000
+--- Released 8.3b2, January 13, 2000 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2000-01-14 (feature enhancement) clock format %Q added, clock scan updated

@@ -4827,7 +4827,7 @@ mac panic from an error when closing an async socket (steffen, ingham)
 2000-02-10 (feature enhancement) improved error reporting for failed
 loads on Windows (dejong, hobbs)

--- Released 8.3.0, February 10, 2000
+--- Released 8.3.0, February 10, 2000 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2000-03 (bug fixes, feature enhancement) overhaul of http package for
 proper handling of async callbacks (new options), version is now at 2.3
@@ -4870,7 +4870,7 @@ tclLoadDyld.c dl type. (sanchez)
 2000-04-24 (bug fix) fixed hang in threaded Unix case when backgrounded
 exec process was running (dejong)

--- Released 8.3.1, April 26, 2000
+--- Released 8.3.1, April 26, 2000 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2000-04-26 (doc fix) updated/added documentation for many API's and
 commands (melski)
@@ -4920,7 +4920,7 @@ pattern matching for [array names] (gazetta)
 2000-05-31 (feature enhancement) added -nocomplain and -- flags to
 [unset] to allow for silent unset operation (hobbs)

--- Released 8.4a1, June 6, 2000
+--- Released 8.4a1, June 6, 2000 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2000-05-29 (bug fix) corrected resource cleanup in http error cases.
 Improved handling of error cases in http. (tamhankar)
@@ -4959,7 +4959,7 @@ sections. (english)
 2000-08-07 (bug fix) new man pages memory.n, TCL_MEM_DEBUG.3, Init.3 and
 DumpActiveMemory.3. (melski)

--- Released 8.3.2, August 9, 2000
+--- Released 8.3.2, August 9, 2000 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2000-06 thru 2000-11 (build improvements) Added support for mingw (gcc on
 Windows), AIX-5 and Win64 builds (dejong, hobbs)
@@ -4976,7 +4976,7 @@ msgcat package (duperval, krone, nelson)
 	trace {add|remove|list} {variable|command} name ops command
 (darley, melski)

-2000-09-06 (cross-platform feature) Set ^Z (\x1A) as default EOF char. (hobbs)
+2000-09-06 (cross-platform feature) Set ^Z (\32) as default EOF char. (hobbs)

 2000-09-07 partial fix for bug 2460 to prevent exec mem leak on Windows for the
 common case (gravereaux)
@@ -5018,7 +5018,7 @@ environment (gravereaux)
 2000-11-03 (new feature) Tcl_SetMainLoop enables defining an event loop for
 tclsh.  This enables Tk as a truly loadable package. (hobbs)

--- Released 8.4a2, November 3, 2000
+--- Released 8.4a2, November 3, 2000 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2000-09-27 (bug fix) fixed a bug introduced by a partial fix in 8.3.2 that
 didn't set nonBlocking correctly when resetting the flags for the write
@@ -5076,7 +5076,7 @@ Update of READMEs.
 Corrected IRIX-5* configure (english).  Added support for AIX-5 (hobbs).
 Added support for Win64 (hobbs).

--- Released 8.3.3, April 6, 2001
+--- Released 8.3.3, April 6, 2001 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2000-11-23 (new feature)[TIP 7] higher resolution timer on Windows (kenny)

@@ -5150,7 +5150,7 @@ system.  This includes the addition of 'file normalize', 'file system',

 * corrected several minor errors noted by Purify (hobbs)

--- Released 8.4a3, August 6, 2001
+--- Released 8.4a3, August 6, 2001 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2001-06-27 (bug fix)[217987] corrected backslash substitution of non-ASCII
 characters.  (hobbs, riefenstahl)
@@ -5256,7 +5256,7 @@ bundles to standard .dylib dynamic libraries like on other unices.
 2001-10-18 (bug fix) corrected off-by-one-day error in clock scan with
 relative months and years during swing hours. (lavana)

--- Released 8.3.4, October 19, 2001
+--- Released 8.3.4, October 19, 2001 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2001-08-21 (bug fix)[219184] overagressive compilation of [catch] (sofer)

@@ -5282,6 +5282,8 @@ compiles to 0 bytecodes (sofer)

 2001-09-13 (new feature)[TIP 56] Tcl_EvalTokensStandard API (sofer)

+2001-09-13 (new feature) Old ChangeLog entries => ChangeLog.1999 (hobbs)
+
 2001-09-17 (new feature) compiling with TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG now required to
 enable all compile and execution tracing (sofer)
        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
@@ -5366,6 +5368,8 @@ of the Host: header value
 2002-01-25 (new feature)[496733] socket options -eofchar and -translation
 return read-only values (dejong)

+2002-01-28 (new feature) Old ChangeLog entries => ChangeLog.20900 (hobbs)
+
 2002-01-28 (performance enhancement) bytecompiled [regexp] for trivial cases
 that amount to string matching.  Also -nocase and --. (hobbs)

@@ -5390,7 +5394,7 @@ errored out. (kupries, sofer)

 2002-02-15 (new feature)[TIP 72] support for 64-bit integer values on
 32-bit platforms and ability to work with >2GiB files.  Extends many
-commands.  See TIP for details.
+commands.  See ChangeLog and TIP for details.
 	*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

 2002-02-22 (bug fix)[476537] Fix panic when loading shared library without
@@ -5431,7 +5435,7 @@ of prior Tcl releases.  Others will need to be reconciled.
 related to the handling of iso2022 text and finalization of escape-based
 encodings. (taguchi, takahashi, hobbs)

--- Released 8.4a4, March 5, 2002
+--- Released 8.4a4, March 5, 2002 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2002-03-06 (new feature)[TIP 80] expanded [lsearch] options (wilkason, fellows)

@@ -5541,7 +5545,7 @@ options to configure (max)

 2002-07-03 (bug fix)[577015] [catch] catches even compile errors (sofer)

--- Released 8.4b1, July 5, 2002
+--- Released 8.4b1, July 5, 2002 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2002-07-08 (bug fix) restored compatibility of [viewFile] in tcltest (porter)

@@ -5579,7 +5583,7 @@ options to configure (max)
 Many internal bugs fixed.
 Considerable cleanup of the test suite.

--- Released 8.4b2, August 9, 2002
+--- Released 8.4b2, August 9, 2002 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2002-08-20 (new feature) --enable-memdebug configure option (kupries)

@@ -5594,7 +5598,7 @@ Considerable cleanup of the test suite.

 2002-09-02 (platfrom support) 64-bit compile on HP-11 (martin)

--- Released 8.4.0, September 10, 2002
+--- Released 8.4.0, September 10, 2002 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2002-09-18 (platform support) Updated support for compiling with Cygwin and
 either mingw or gcc. (khan, howell, dejong)
@@ -5657,7 +5661,7 @@ dirs to tcl_pkgPath: @executable_path/../Frameworks and
@executable_path/../PrivateFrameworks (if they exist), as well as the dirs
 in DYLD_FRAMEWORK_PATH (if set). (steffen)

--- Released 8.4.1, October 22, 2002
+--- Released 8.4.1, October 22, 2002 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2002-10-28 (bug fix)[627660] [package unknown] chaining for platform specifics

@@ -5750,7 +5754,7 @@ packages in multiple interps.

 2003-02-27 (bug fix)[694232] stop [lsearch -start 0 {} x] segfault

--- Released 8.4.2, March 3, 2003
+--- Released 8.4.2, March 3, 2003 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2003-03-06 (bug fix)[699042] Correct case-insensitive unicode string
 comparison in Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp
@@ -5832,7 +5836,7 @@ encoding for the original.  Most uses of gb2312 really mean euc-cn.
 2003-05-14 (bug fix)[736421] Corrected another putenv() copy behavior
 problem when compiling on Windows and using Microsoft's runtime.

--- Released 8.4.3, May 20, 2003
+--- Released 8.4.3, May 20, 2003 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2003-05-23 (bug fix)[726018] reverted internals change to the
 'cmdName' Tcl_ObjType that broke several extensions (TclBlend, e4graph...)
@@ -5873,7 +5877,7 @@ Improved documentation, new tests, and some code cleanup.
 [655300, 720634, 735364, 748700, 756112, 756744, 756951, 758488, 760768,
 763312, 769895, 771539, 771840, 771947, 771949, 772333]

--- Released 8.4.4, July 22, 2003
+--- Released 8.4.4, July 22, 2003 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2003-07-23 (bug fix)[775976] fix registry compilation for VC7.

@@ -5919,7 +5923,7 @@ asked for writable events by the generic layer.
 2003-11-17 (bug fix)[230589, 504785, 505048, 703709, 840258] fixes to
 various odd regexp "can't happen" bugs.

--- Released 8.4.5, November 20, 2003
+--- Released 8.4.5, November 20, 2003 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2003-12-02 (bug fix)[851747] object sharing fix in [binary scan]

@@ -5956,7 +5960,7 @@ various odd regexp "can't happen" bugs.

 2004-03-01 (platform support)[218561] Allow 64-bit configure on IRIX64-6.5*

--- Released 8.4.6, March 1, 2004
+--- Released 8.4.6, March 1, 2004 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 Changes to 8.5a1 include all changes to the 8.4 line through 8.4.6,
 plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
@@ -6042,7 +6046,7 @@ in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
 * [TIP #157] leading {expand} syntax on words to cause argument expansion.
   This is a safer/cleaner alternative to the use of 'eval'.

--- Released 8.5a1, March 3, 2004
+--- Released 8.5a1, March 3, 2004 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2004-03-04 (new feature) registry package is [unload]able (thoyts)
 => registry 1.1.4
@@ -6066,7 +6070,7 @@ each command/interp validity before executing. (sofer)

 2004-04-06 (clean up) refactored Tcl header file #include order.  Might
 create need for changes in extensions that #include private headers.
-Changed source code files should work with older Tcl as well.
+Changed source code files should work with older Tcl as well.  See ChangeLog.
     *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

 2004-04-07 (bug fix)[920667] install into any Unicode path on Win (hobbs)
@@ -6342,7 +6346,7 @@ Doc improvements [759545,926590,935853,1017072,1018486,1022527,1027849,
 	1032243,1047928,1048005,1058446,1062647,1065732,1073334,etc.]
 Test suite expansion [1036649,1001997,etc.]

--- Released 8.5a2, December 7, 2004
+--- Released 8.5a2, December 7, 2004 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2004-12-13 (bug fix)[1083082] encoding memory leaks (ade,porter)

@@ -6486,7 +6490,7 @@ Can support [load] from memory as well (steffen)

 Documentation improvements [1075433,1085127,1117017,1124160,1149605,etc.]

--- Released 8.5a3, June 4, 2005
+--- Released 8.5a3, June 4, 2005 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2005-06-06 (bug fix)[1213678] Windows/gcc: crash in stack.test (kenny)

@@ -6737,7 +6741,7 @@ removed (steffen)
 Documentation improvements [1211078,1190891,1292427,1277503,1104682,1359183,
 1415725,666770]

--- Released 8.5a4, April 27, 2006
+--- Released 8.5a4, April 27, 2006 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2006-05-04 (bug fix)[1480509] srand() accept wide input (porter,afredd)

@@ -6833,7 +6837,7 @@ URL validity checking against RFC 2986 (hobbs)

 2006-10-13 (platform support) get stack size on Darwin (steffen)

--- Released 8.5a5, October 20, 2006
+--- Released 8.5a5, October 20, 2006 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2006-10-20 (configure change) Added autodetection for OS-supplied timezone
 files (max)
@@ -6915,7 +6919,7 @@ upvar and namespace upvar (sofer)

 2007-04-23 (bug fix) fts_open() crash on 64bit Darwin 8 or earlier (steffen)

--- Released 8.5a6, April 25, 2007
+--- Released 8.5a6, April 25, 2007 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2007-04-30 (bug fix)[1705778] many valgrind-detected leaks corrected

@@ -6973,7 +6977,7 @@ of traced command do not fire (sofer)

 2007-08-16 (bug fix)[1773040] ::errorInfo trace crash (janssen,porter)

-2007-08-16 (performance)[1564517] precompile constant expressions (porter)
+2007-08-16 (performance)[1564517] pre-compile constant expressions (porter)

 2007-08-21 (bug fix)[1775878] 'puts \' in interactive tclsh failed to move to
 prompt for continuation line (porter)
@@ -7018,7 +7022,7 @@ project for Xcode 3.0 (steffen)
 (bug fix)[1066755] Several stack efficiency efforts increases recursion limit
 on Windows to be larger than the default [interp recursionlimit] value

--- Released 8.5b1, September 26, 2007
+--- Released 8.5b1, September 26, 2007 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2007-10-02 (bug fix)[1806422] proper [tcl::tm::path] autoload (porter)

@@ -7030,7 +7034,7 @@ on Windows to be larger than the default [interp recursionlimit] value

 2007-10-25 (bug fix)[1726873] intermittent crash in threads (vasiljevic)

--- Released 8.5b2, October 26, 2007
+--- Released 8.5b2, October 26, 2007 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2007-10-27 (bug fix)[1821159] fixed broken compile on x86_64 (sofer)

@@ -7066,7 +7070,7 @@ on Windows to be larger than the default [interp recursionlimit] value

 Many significant documentation improvements (fellows, sofer)

--- Released 8.5b3, November 19, 2007
+--- Released 8.5b3, November 19, 2007 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2007-11-20 (enhancement) string rep of dict has stable order (fellows)

@@ -7100,7 +7104,7 @@ over-consumption of resources (drewry,lane,ormandy,fellows)

 Several documentation and release notes improvements

--- Released 8.5.0, December 20, 2007
+--- Released 8.5.0, December 20, 2007 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2007-12-23 (bug fix)[1857126] restore backref support to regexps (hobbs)

@@ -7122,7 +7126,7 @@ Several documentation and release notes improvements

 Several documentation and release notes improvements

--- Released 8.5.1, February 5, 2008
+--- Released 8.5.1, February 5, 2008 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2008-02-06 (enhancement) [clock format] performance (kenny)

@@ -7183,7 +7187,7 @@ variables without "." added to customization hooks (kupries)

 2008-03-27 clock tzdata updated to Olson's tzdata2008b (kenny)

--- Released 8.5.2, March 28, 2008
+--- Released 8.5.2, March 28, 2008 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2008-03-30 (bug fix)[1783544] more robust TclIsNaN() (kenny,teterin)

@@ -7238,7 +7242,7 @@ variables without "." added to customization hooks (kupries)

 2008-06-25 (bug fix)[1999119] Support TM packages in Safe Base (kupries)

--- Released 8.6a1, June 25, 2008
+--- Released 8.6a1, June 25, 2008 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2008-06-29 (bug fix)[2004480] plug memory leaks (ade,porter,steffen)

@@ -7291,7 +7295,7 @@ in a deleted interp. (porter)

 2008-08-21 (bug fix)[2065115] Restored ***= regexp functioning (hobbs,porter)

--- Released 8.6a2, August 25, 2008
+--- Released 8.6a2, August 25, 2008 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2008-08-29 (bug fix)[2082299] Install TclOO header files (fellows)

@@ -7372,7 +7376,7 @@ Tcl_FSFileAttrStringsProc prototype. (nijtmans)

 2008-10-10 (bug fix)[2155658] crash in oo method export (fellows)

--- Released 8.6a3, October 10, 2008
+--- Released 8.6a3, October 10, 2008 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2008-10-13 (bug fix) Fix ability to join threads on 64-bit Windows (thoyts)

@@ -7442,7 +7446,7 @@ evaluation in extensions (sofer,kenny)

 2008-12-18 (bug fix)[2444274] panic in long commands from {*} (goth,porter)

--- Released 8.6b1, December 19, 2008
+--- Released 8.6b1, December 19, 2008 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2008-12-27 [TIP 234] Tcl_Zlib* interface revisions (fellows)
 	*** INCOMPATIBILITY with interface of 8.6b1 ***
@@ -7950,7 +7954,7 @@ memory with buffer backup (ferrieux)

 Many more Tcl built-in command errors now set an -errorcode.

--- Released 8.6b2, August 8, 2011
+--- Released 8.6b2, August 8, 2011 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2011-07-02 (bug fix)[3349507] correct double(1[string repeat 0 23]) (kenny)

@@ -8111,7 +8115,7 @@ Many revisions to better support a Cygwin environment (nijtmans)

 Dropped support for OS X versions less than 10.4 (Tiger) (fellows)

--- Released 8.6b3, September 18, 2012
+--- Released 8.6b3, September 18, 2012 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2012-09-20 (enhancement) full Unicode support (nijtmans)
 => dde 1.4.0
@@ -8158,7 +8162,7 @@ Dropped support for OS X versions less than 10.4 (Tiger) (fellows)

 2012-12-13 (bug fix) crash: [zlib gunzip $data -header noSuchNs::var] (porter)

--- Released 8.6.0, December 20, 2012
+--- Released 8.6.0, December 20, 2012 --- See ChangeLog for details ---

 2012-12-22 (bug fix)[3598150] DString to Tcl_Obj memleak (afredd)

@@ -8247,7 +8251,7 @@ Dropped support for OS X versions less than 10.4 (Tiger) (fellows)

 2013-06-05 (bug fix)[2835313] [while 1 {foo [continue]}] crash (fellows)

-2013-06-17 (bug fix)[a876646] [:cntrl:] includes \x00 to \x1F (nijtmans)
+2013-06-17 (bug fix)[a876646] [:cntrl:] includes \x00 to \x1f (nijtmans)

 2013-06-27 (bug fix)[983509] missing encodings for config values (nijtmans)

@@ -8681,7 +8685,7 @@ improvements to regexp engine from Postgres (lane,porter,fellows,seltenreich)

 2016-07-08 (bug)[a47641] [file normalize] & Windows junctions (nadkarni)

-2016-07-09 [ae61a6] [file] handling of Win hard-coded names (CON) (nadkarni)
+2016-07-09 [ae61a6] [file] handling of Win hardcoded names (CON) (nadkarni)
        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

 2016-07-09 [3613671] [file owned] (more) useful on Win (nadkarni)
@@ -9123,26 +9127,6 @@ in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:

 - Released 8.7a3, Nov 21, 2019 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details -

-Changes to 9.0a1 include all changes to the 8.7 line through 8.7a3,
-plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
-in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
-
-2017-11-03 [TIP 114] Leading zero integer no longer means octal
-
-2017-11-03 [TIP 278] Revise variable name resolution, solve "Creative Writing"
-
-2017-11-03 [TIPs 330,336] Encapsulate struct Tcl_Interp
-
-2017-11-17 [TIP 422] Remove all Tcl_*VA() routines
-
-2017-12-15 [TIP 488] Disable magic $::tcl_precision
-
-2018-10-08 [TIP 494] Increased support for size_t value ranges
-
-2019-05-31 [TIP 537] 64-bit indices in regexp matching
-
- Released 9.0a1, Nov 25, 2019 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details -
-
 2019-12-03 (bug)[3cd9be] Corner case in surrogate handling (nijtmans)

 2019-12-09 (new) Add tcltest::(Setup|Eval|Cleanup|)Test (coulter,sebres)
@@ -9350,24 +9334,6 @@ in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:

 - Released 8.7a5, Jun 18, 2021 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details -

-Changes to 9.0a3 include all changes to the 8.7 line through 8.7a5,
-plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
-in this changeset (new major version) rather than bug fixes:
-
-Many of the TIPs in Tcl 8.7 mentioned above are extended further in 9.0
-
-2020-02-28 [TIP 497] Full support for Unicode planes 1-16
-
-2020-08-21 (bug)[43b434] improper calls to stat64()
-
-2021-04-08 [TIP 595] Unicode-aware loadable library handling.
-
-2021-04-30 [TIP 596] Stubs support for embedding Tcl in apps
-
-Many internal changes to broaden support for sizes beyond 32-bits.
-
- Released 9.0a3, Jun 23, 2021 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details -
-
 2021-02-02 (new) support for MacOS Big Sur updates (nijtmans)
 => platform 1.0.17

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/*
+ * dirent.h --
+ *
+ *	This file is a replacement for <dirent.h> in systems that
+ *	support the old BSD-style <sys/dir.h> with a "struct direct".
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DIRENT
+#define _DIRENT
+
+#include <sys/dir.h>
+
+#define dirent direct
+
+#endif /* _DIRENT */
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+ * dirent.h --
+ *
+ *	Declarations of a library of directory-reading procedures
+ *	in the POSIX style ("struct dirent").
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DIRENT
+#define _DIRENT
+
+/*
+ * Dirent structure, which holds information about a single
+ * directory entry.
+ */
+
+#define MAXNAMLEN 255
+#define DIRBLKSIZ 512
+
+struct dirent {
+    long d_ino;			/* Inode number of entry */
+    short d_reclen;		/* Length of this record */
+    short d_namlen;		/* Length of string in d_name */
+    char d_name[MAXNAMLEN + 1];	/* Name must be no longer than this */
+};
+
+/*
+ * State that keeps track of the reading of a directory (clients
+ * should never look inside this structure;  the fields should
+ * only be accessed by the library procedures).
+ */
+
+typedef struct _dirdesc {
+    int dd_fd;
+    long dd_loc;
+    long dd_size;
+    char dd_buf[DIRBLKSIZ];
+} DIR;
+
+/*
+ * Procedures defined for reading directories:
+ */
+
+extern void		closedir (DIR *dirp);
+extern DIR *		opendir (char *name);
+extern struct dirent *	readdir (DIR *dirp);
+
+#endif /* _DIRENT */
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+ * memcmp.c --
+ *
+ *	Source code for the "memcmp" library routine.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tclPort.h"
+
+/*
+ * Here is the prototype just in case it is not included in tclPort.h.
+ */
+
+int		memcmp(const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * memcmp --
+ *
+ *	Compares two bytes sequences.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Compares its arguments, looking at the first n bytes (each interpreted
+ *	as an unsigned char), and returns an integer less than, equal to, or
+ *	greater than 0, according as s1 is less than, equal to, or greater
+ *	than s2 when taken to be unsigned 8 bit numbers.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+memcmp(
+    const void *s1,		/* First string. */
+    const void *s2,		/* Second string. */
+    size_t n)			/* Length to compare. */
+{
+    const unsigned char *ptr1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+    const unsigned char *ptr2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+
+    for ( ; n-- ; ptr1++, ptr2++) {
+	unsigned char u1 = *ptr1, u2 = *ptr2;
+
+	if (u1 != u2) {
+	    return (u1-u2);
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+ * opendir.c --
+ *
+ *	This file provides dirent-style directory-reading procedures for V7
+ *	Unix systems that don't have such procedures. The origin of this code
+ *	is unclear, but it seems to have come originally from Larry Wall.
+ */
+
+#include "tclInt.h"
+
+#undef DIRSIZ
+#define DIRSIZ(dp) \
+    ((sizeof(struct dirent) - (MAXNAMLEN+1)) + (((dp)->d_namlen+1 + 3) &~ 3))
+
+/*
+ * open a directory.
+ */
+
+DIR *
+opendir(
+    char *name)
+{
+    DIR *dirp;
+    int fd;
+    const char *myname;
+
+    myname = ((*name == '\0') ? "." : name);
+    if ((fd = open(myname, 0, 0)) == -1) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    dirp = (DIR *) ckalloc(sizeof(DIR));
+    if (dirp == NULL) {
+	/* unreachable? */
+	close(fd);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    dirp->dd_fd = fd;
+    dirp->dd_loc = 0;
+    return dirp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * read an old style directory entry and present it as a new one
+ */
+#ifndef pyr
+#define	ODIRSIZ	14
+
+struct olddirect {
+    ino_t od_ino;
+    char od_name[ODIRSIZ];
+};
+#else	/* a Pyramid in the ATT universe */
+#define	ODIRSIZ	248
+
+struct olddirect {
+    long od_ino;
+    short od_fill1, od_fill2;
+    char od_name[ODIRSIZ];
+};
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * get next entry in a directory.
+ */
+
+struct dirent *
+readdir(
+    DIR *dirp)
+{
+    struct olddirect *dp;
+    static struct dirent dir;
+
+    for (;;) {
+	if (dirp->dd_loc == 0) {
+	    dirp->dd_size = read(dirp->dd_fd, dirp->dd_buf, DIRBLKSIZ);
+	    if (dirp->dd_size <= 0) {
+		return NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (dirp->dd_loc >= dirp->dd_size) {
+	    dirp->dd_loc = 0;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	dp = (struct olddirect *)(dirp->dd_buf + dirp->dd_loc);
+	dirp->dd_loc += sizeof(struct olddirect);
+	if (dp->od_ino == 0) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	dir.d_ino = dp->od_ino;
+	strncpy(dir.d_name, dp->od_name, ODIRSIZ);
+	dir.d_name[ODIRSIZ] = '\0'; /* insure null termination */
+	dir.d_namlen = strlen(dir.d_name);
+	dir.d_reclen = DIRSIZ(&dir);
+	return &dir;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * close a directory.
+ */
+
+void
+closedir(
+    DIR *dirp)
+{
+    close(dirp->dd_fd);
+    dirp->dd_fd = -1;
+    dirp->dd_loc = 0;
+    ckfree(dirp);
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,919 @@
+/*  A portable stdint.h
+ ****************************************************************************
+ *  BSD License:
+ ****************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) 2005-2016 Paul Hsieh
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *
+ *  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *     documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *  3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *     derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ *  IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ *  OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ *  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ *  NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ *  DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ *  THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ *  (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ *  THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  Version 0.1.16.0
+ *
+ *  The ANSI C standard committee, for the C99 standard, specified the
+ *  inclusion of a new standard include file called stdint.h.  This is
+ *  a very useful and long desired include file which contains several
+ *  very precise definitions for integer scalar types that is critically
+ *  important for making several classes of applications portable
+ *  including cryptography, hashing, variable length integer libraries
+ *  and so on.  But for most developers its likely useful just for
+ *  programming sanity.
+ *
+ *  The problem is that some compiler vendors chose to ignore the C99
+ *  standard and some older compilers have no opportunity to be updated.
+ *  Because of this situation, simply including stdint.h in your code
+ *  makes it unportable.
+ *
+ *  So that's what this file is all about.  It's an attempt to build a
+ *  single universal include file that works on as many platforms as
+ *  possible to deliver what stdint.h is supposed to.  Even compilers
+ *  that already come with stdint.h can use this file instead without
+ *  any loss of functionality.  A few things that should be noted about
+ *  this file:
+ *
+ *    1) It is not guaranteed to be portable and/or present an identical
+ *       interface on all platforms.  The extreme variability of the
+ *       ANSI C standard makes this an impossibility right from the
+ *       very get go. Its really only meant to be useful for the vast
+ *       majority of platforms that possess the capability of
+ *       implementing usefully and precisely defined, standard sized
+ *       integer scalars.  Systems which are not intrinsically 2s
+ *       complement may produce invalid constants.
+ *
+ *    2) There is an unavoidable use of non-reserved symbols.
+ *
+ *    3) Other standard include files are invoked.
+ *
+ *    4) This file may come in conflict with future platforms that do
+ *       include stdint.h.  The hope is that one or the other can be
+ *       used with no real difference.
+ *
+ *    5) In the current version, if your platform can't represent
+ *       int32_t, int16_t and int8_t, it just dumps out with a compiler
+ *       error.
+ *
+ *    6) 64 bit integers may or may not be defined.  Test for their
+ *       presence with the test: #ifdef INT64_MAX or #ifdef UINT64_MAX.
+ *       Note that this is different from the C99 specification which
+ *       requires the existence of 64 bit support in the compiler.  If
+ *       this is not defined for your platform, yet it is capable of
+ *       dealing with 64 bits then it is because this file has not yet
+ *       been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities.
+ *
+ *    7) (u)intptr_t may or may not be defined.  Test for its presence
+ *       with the test: #ifdef PTRDIFF_MAX.  If this is not defined
+ *       for your platform, then it is because this file has not yet
+ *       been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities, not
+ *       because its optional.
+ *
+ *    8) The following might not been defined even if your platform is
+ *       capable of defining it:
+ *
+ *       WCHAR_MIN
+ *       WCHAR_MAX
+ *       (u)int64_t
+ *       PTRDIFF_MIN
+ *       PTRDIFF_MAX
+ *       (u)intptr_t
+ *
+ *    9) The following have not been defined:
+ *
+ *       WINT_MIN
+ *       WINT_MAX
+ *
+ *   10) The criteria for defining (u)int_least(*)_t isn't clear,
+ *       except for systems which don't have a type that precisely
+ *       defined 8, 16, or 32 bit types (which this include file does
+ *       not support anyways). Default definitions have been given.
+ *
+ *   11) The criteria for defining (u)int_fast(*)_t isn't something I
+ *       would trust to any particular compiler vendor or the ANSI C
+ *       committee.  It is well known that "compatible systems" are
+ *       commonly created that have very different performance
+ *       characteristics from the systems they are compatible with,
+ *       especially those whose vendors make both the compiler and the
+ *       system.  Default definitions have been given, but its strongly
+ *       recommended that users never use these definitions for any
+ *       reason (they do *NOT* deliver any serious guarantee of
+ *       improved performance -- not in this file, nor any vendor's
+ *       stdint.h).
+ *
+ *   12) The following macros:
+ *
+ *       PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
+ *       PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+ *       PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+ *       PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+ *       PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER
+ *       PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER
+ *       PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER
+ *       PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER
+ *
+ *       are strings which have been defined as the modifiers required
+ *       for the "d", "u" and "x" printf formats to correctly output
+ *       (u)intmax_t, (u)int64_t, (u)int32_t, (u)int16_t, (u)least64_t,
+ *       (u)least32_t, (u)least16_t and (u)intptr_t types respectively.
+ *       PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER is not defined for some systems which
+ *       provide their own stdint.h.  PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER is not
+ *       defined if INT64_MAX is not defined.  These are an extension
+ *       beyond what C99 specifies must be in stdint.h.
+ *
+ *       In addition, the following macros are defined:
+ *
+ *       PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
+ *       PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
+ *
+ *       Which specifies the maximum number of characters required to
+ *       print the number of that type in either hexadecimal or decimal.
+ *       These are an extension beyond what C99 specifies must be in
+ *       stdint.h.
+ *
+ *  Compilers tested (all with 0 warnings at their highest respective
+ *  settings): Borland Turbo C 2.0, WATCOM C/C++ 11.0 (16 bits and 32
+ *  bits), Microsoft Visual C++ 6.0 (32 bit), Microsoft Visual Studio
+ *  .net (VC7), Intel C++ 4.0, GNU gcc v3.3.3
+ *
+ *  This file should be considered a work in progress.  Suggestions for
+ *  improvements, especially those which increase coverage are strongly
+ *  encouraged.
+ *
+ *  Acknowledgements
+ *
+ *  The following people have made significant contributions to the
+ *  development and testing of this file:
+ *
+ *  Chris Howie
+ *  John Steele Scott
+ *  Dave Thorup
+ *  John Dill
+ *  Florian Wobbe
+ *  Christopher Sean Morrison
+ *  Mikkel Fahnoe Jorgensen
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+/*
+ *  For gcc with _STDINT_H, fill in the PRINTF_INT*_MODIFIER macros, and
+ *  do nothing else.  On the Mac OS X version of gcc this is _STDINT_H_.
+ */
+
+#if ((defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x570) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1600) || (defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__ && defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || (defined (__WATCOMC__) && (defined (_STDINT_H_INCLUDED) || __WATCOMC__ >= 1250)) || (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 3 || defined(_STDINT_H) || defined(_STDINT_H_) || defined (__UINT_FAST64_TYPE__)) )) && !defined (_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED)
+#include <stdint.h>
+#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
+# if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__ppc64__)) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__))
+#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "l"
+#  endif
+#  ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+#   define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
+#  endif
+#  ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+#   if (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
+#    define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
+#   else
+#    define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_UINT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_UINT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_UINT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "19"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH "20"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_UINTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
+# endif
+
+/*
+ *  Something really weird is going on with Open Watcom.  Just pull some of
+ *  these duplicated definitions from Open Watcom's stdint.h file for now.
+ */
+
+# if defined (__WATCOMC__) && __WATCOMC__ >= 1250
+#  if !defined (INT64_C)
+#   define INT64_C(x)   (x + (INT64_MAX - INT64_MAX))
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (UINT64_C)
+#   define UINT64_C(x)  (x + (UINT64_MAX - UINT64_MAX))
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (INT32_C)
+#   define INT32_C(x)   (x + (INT32_MAX - INT32_MAX))
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (UINT32_C)
+#   define UINT32_C(x)  (x + (UINT32_MAX - UINT32_MAX))
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (INT16_C)
+#   define INT16_C(x)   (x)
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (UINT16_C)
+#   define UINT16_C(x)  (x)
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (INT8_C)
+#   define INT8_C(x)   (x)
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (UINT8_C)
+#   define UINT8_C(x)  (x)
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (UINT64_MAX)
+#   define UINT64_MAX  18446744073709551615ULL
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (INT64_MAX)
+#   define INT64_MAX  9223372036854775807LL
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (UINT32_MAX)
+#   define UINT32_MAX  4294967295UL
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (INT32_MAX)
+#   define INT32_MAX  2147483647L
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (INTMAX_MAX)
+#   define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (INTMAX_MIN)
+#   define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  I have no idea what is the truly correct thing to do on older Solaris.
+ *  From some online discussions, this seems to be what is being
+ *  recommended.  For people who actually are developing on older Solaris,
+ *  what I would like to know is, does this define all of the relevant
+ *  macros of a complete stdint.h?  Remember, in pstdint.h 64 bit is
+ *  considered optional.
+ */
+
+#if (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x420) && !defined(_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED)
+#include <sys/inttypes.h>
+#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
+#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  Deduce the type assignments from limits.h under the assumption that
+ *  integer sizes in bits are powers of 2, and follow the ANSI
+ *  definitions.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UINT8_MAX
+# define UINT8_MAX 0xff
+#endif
+#if !defined(uint8_t) && !defined(_UINT8_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
+# if (UCHAR_MAX == UINT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+    typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
+#   define UINT8_C(v) ((uint8_t) v)
+# else
+#   error "Platform not supported"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INT8_MAX
+# define INT8_MAX 0x7f
+#endif
+#ifndef INT8_MIN
+# define INT8_MIN INT8_C(0x80)
+#endif
+#if !defined(int8_t) && !defined(_INT8_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
+# if (SCHAR_MAX == INT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+    typedef signed char int8_t;
+#   define INT8_C(v) ((int8_t) v)
+# else
+#   error "Platform not supported"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UINT16_MAX
+# define UINT16_MAX 0xffff
+#endif
+#if !defined(uint16_t) && !defined(_UINT16_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
+#if (UINT_MAX == UINT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+  typedef unsigned int uint16_t;
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v))
+#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT16_MAX)
+  typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
+# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v))
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
+# endif
+#else
+#error "Platform not supported"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INT16_MAX
+# define INT16_MAX 0x7fff
+#endif
+#ifndef INT16_MIN
+# define INT16_MIN INT16_C(0x8000)
+#endif
+#if !defined(int16_t) && !defined(_INT16_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
+#if (INT_MAX == INT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+  typedef signed int int16_t;
+# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v))
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT16_MAX)
+  typedef signed short int16_t;
+# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v))
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
+# endif
+#else
+#error "Platform not supported"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UINT32_MAX
+# define UINT32_MAX (0xffffffffUL)
+#endif
+#if !defined(uint32_t) && !defined(_UINT32_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
+#if (ULONG_MAX == UINT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+  typedef unsigned long uint32_t;
+# define UINT32_C(v) v ## UL
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
+# endif
+#elif (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
+  typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+# define UINT32_C(v) v ## U
+#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
+  typedef unsigned short uint32_t;
+# define UINT32_C(v) ((unsigned short) (v))
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+#else
+#error "Platform not supported"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INT32_MAX
+# define INT32_MAX (0x7fffffffL)
+#endif
+#ifndef INT32_MIN
+# define INT32_MIN INT32_C(0x80000000)
+#endif
+#if !defined(int32_t) && !defined(_INT32_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
+#if (LONG_MAX == INT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+  typedef signed long int32_t;
+# define INT32_C(v) v ## L
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
+# endif
+#elif (INT_MAX == INT32_MAX)
+  typedef signed int int32_t;
+# define INT32_C(v) v
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT32_MAX)
+  typedef signed short int32_t;
+# define INT32_C(v) ((short) (v))
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+#else
+#error "Platform not supported"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  The macro stdint_int64_defined is temporarily used to record
+ *  whether or not 64 integer support is available.  It must be
+ *  defined for any 64 integer extensions for new platforms that are
+ *  added.
+ */
+
+#undef stdint_int64_defined
+#if (defined(__STDC__) && defined(__STDC_VERSION__)) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+# if (__STDC__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+#  define stdint_int64_defined
+   typedef long long int64_t;
+   typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
+#  define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
+#  define  INT64_C(v) v ## LL
+#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (stdint_int64_defined)
+# if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(vxWorks)
+#  define stdint_int64_defined
+   __extension__ typedef long long int64_t;
+   __extension__ typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
+#  define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
+#  define  INT64_C(v) v ## LL
+#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
+#  endif
+# elif defined(__MWERKS__) || defined (__SUNPRO_C) || defined (__SUNPRO_CC) || defined (__APPLE_CC__) || defined (_LONG_LONG) || defined (_CRAYC) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+#  define stdint_int64_defined
+   typedef long long int64_t;
+   typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
+#  define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
+#  define  INT64_C(v) v ## LL
+#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
+#  endif
+# elif (defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__WATCOM_INT64__)) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _INTEGRAL_MAX_BITS >= 64) || (defined (__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ > 0x460) || defined (__alpha) || defined (__DECC)
+#  define stdint_int64_defined
+   typedef __int64 int64_t;
+   typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
+#  define UINT64_C(v) v ## UI64
+#  define  INT64_C(v) v ## I64
+#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "I64"
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (LONG_LONG_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
+# define LONG_LONG_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807)
+#endif
+#ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX
+# define ULONG_LONG_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (INT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
+# define INT64_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807)
+#endif
+#if !defined (INT64_MIN) && defined (INT64_C)
+# define INT64_MIN INT64_C (-9223372036854775808)
+#endif
+#if !defined (UINT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
+# define UINT64_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  Width of hexadecimal for number field.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "19"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH "20"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  Ok, lets not worry about 128 bit integers for now.  Moore's law says
+ *  we don't need to worry about that until about 2040 at which point
+ *  we'll have bigger things to worry about.
+ */
+
+#ifdef stdint_int64_defined
+  typedef int64_t intmax_t;
+  typedef uint64_t uintmax_t;
+# define  INTMAX_MAX   INT64_MAX
+# define  INTMAX_MIN   INT64_MIN
+# define UINTMAX_MAX  UINT64_MAX
+# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT64_C(v)
+# define  INTMAX_C(v)  INT64_C(v)
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
+#   define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
+# endif
+#else
+  typedef int32_t intmax_t;
+  typedef uint32_t uintmax_t;
+# define  INTMAX_MAX   INT32_MAX
+# define UINTMAX_MAX  UINT32_MAX
+# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT32_C(v)
+# define  INTMAX_C(v)  INT32_C(v)
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
+#   define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
+#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  Because this file currently only supports platforms which have
+ *  precise powers of 2 as bit sizes for the default integers, the
+ *  least definitions are all trivial.  Its possible that a future
+ *  version of this file could have different definitions.
+ */
+
+#ifndef stdint_least_defined
+  typedef   int8_t   int_least8_t;
+  typedef  uint8_t  uint_least8_t;
+  typedef  int16_t  int_least16_t;
+  typedef uint16_t uint_least16_t;
+  typedef  int32_t  int_least32_t;
+  typedef uint32_t uint_least32_t;
+# define PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+# define  UINT_LEAST8_MAX  UINT8_MAX
+# define   INT_LEAST8_MAX   INT8_MAX
+# define UINT_LEAST16_MAX UINT16_MAX
+# define  INT_LEAST16_MAX  INT16_MAX
+# define UINT_LEAST32_MAX UINT32_MAX
+# define  INT_LEAST32_MAX  INT32_MAX
+# define   INT_LEAST8_MIN   INT8_MIN
+# define  INT_LEAST16_MIN  INT16_MIN
+# define  INT_LEAST32_MIN  INT32_MIN
+# ifdef stdint_int64_defined
+    typedef  int64_t  int_least64_t;
+    typedef uint64_t uint_least64_t;
+#   define PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+#   define UINT_LEAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX
+#   define  INT_LEAST64_MAX  INT64_MAX
+#   define  INT_LEAST64_MIN  INT64_MIN
+# endif
+#endif
+#undef stdint_least_defined
+
+/*
+ *  The ANSI C committee has defined *int*_fast*_t types as well.  This,
+ *  of course, defies rationality -- you can't know what will be fast
+ *  just from the type itself.  Even for a given architecture, compatible
+ *  implementations might have different performance characteristics.
+ *  Developers are warned to stay away from these types when using this
+ *  or any other stdint.h.
+ */
+
+typedef   int_least8_t   int_fast8_t;
+typedef  uint_least8_t  uint_fast8_t;
+typedef  int_least16_t  int_fast16_t;
+typedef uint_least16_t uint_fast16_t;
+typedef  int_least32_t  int_fast32_t;
+typedef uint_least32_t uint_fast32_t;
+#define  UINT_FAST8_MAX  UINT_LEAST8_MAX
+#define   INT_FAST8_MAX   INT_LEAST8_MAX
+#define UINT_FAST16_MAX UINT_LEAST16_MAX
+#define  INT_FAST16_MAX  INT_LEAST16_MAX
+#define UINT_FAST32_MAX UINT_LEAST32_MAX
+#define  INT_FAST32_MAX  INT_LEAST32_MAX
+#define   INT_FAST8_MIN   INT_LEAST8_MIN
+#define  INT_FAST16_MIN  INT_LEAST16_MIN
+#define  INT_FAST32_MIN  INT_LEAST32_MIN
+#ifdef stdint_int64_defined
+  typedef  int_least64_t  int_fast64_t;
+  typedef uint_least64_t uint_fast64_t;
+# define UINT_FAST64_MAX UINT_LEAST64_MAX
+# define  INT_FAST64_MAX  INT_LEAST64_MAX
+# define  INT_FAST64_MIN  INT_LEAST64_MIN
+#endif
+
+#undef stdint_int64_defined
+
+/*
+ *  Whatever piecemeal, per compiler thing we can do about the wchar_t
+ *  type limits.
+ */
+
+#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined (__GNUC__) && !defined(vxWorks)
+# include <wchar.h>
+# ifndef WCHAR_MIN
+#  define WCHAR_MIN 0
+# endif
+# ifndef WCHAR_MAX
+#  define WCHAR_MAX ((wchar_t)-1)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  Whatever piecemeal, per compiler/platform thing we can do about the
+ *  (u)intptr_t types and limits.
+ */
+
+#if (defined (_MSC_VER) && defined (_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED)) || defined (_UINTPTR_T)
+# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+#ifndef STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
+# if defined (__alpha__) || defined (__ia64__) || defined (__x86_64__) || defined (_WIN64) || defined (__ppc64__)
+#  define stdint_intptr_bits 64
+# elif defined (__WATCOMC__) || defined (__TURBOC__)
+#  if defined(__TINY__) || defined(__SMALL__) || defined(__MEDIUM__)
+#    define stdint_intptr_bits 16
+#  else
+#    define stdint_intptr_bits 32
+#  endif
+# elif defined (__i386__) || defined (_WIN32) || defined (WIN32) || defined (__ppc64__)
+#  define stdint_intptr_bits 32
+# elif defined (__INTEL_COMPILER)
+/* TODO -- what did Intel do about x86-64? */
+# else
+/* #error "This platform might not be supported yet" */
+# endif
+
+# ifdef stdint_intptr_bits
+#  define stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c)  a##b##c
+#  define stdint_intptr_glue3(a,b,c)    stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c)
+#  ifndef PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER
+#    define PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER      stdint_intptr_glue3(PRINTF_INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MODIFIER)
+#  endif
+#  ifndef PTRDIFF_MAX
+#    define PTRDIFF_MAX                 stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
+#  endif
+#  ifndef PTRDIFF_MIN
+#    define PTRDIFF_MIN                 stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN)
+#  endif
+#  ifndef UINTPTR_MAX
+#    define UINTPTR_MAX                 stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
+#  endif
+#  ifndef INTPTR_MAX
+#    define INTPTR_MAX                  stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
+#  endif
+#  ifndef INTPTR_MIN
+#    define INTPTR_MIN                  stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN)
+#  endif
+#  ifndef INTPTR_C
+#    define INTPTR_C(x)                 stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x)
+#  endif
+#  ifndef UINTPTR_C
+#    define UINTPTR_C(x)                stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x)
+#  endif
+  typedef stdint_intptr_glue3(uint,stdint_intptr_bits,_t) uintptr_t;
+  typedef stdint_intptr_glue3( int,stdint_intptr_bits,_t)  intptr_t;
+# else
+/* TODO -- This following is likely wrong for some platforms, and does
+   nothing for the definition of uintptr_t. */
+  typedef ptrdiff_t intptr_t;
+# endif
+# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  Assumes sig_atomic_t is signed and we have a 2s complement machine.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX
+# define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX ((((sig_atomic_t) 1) << (sizeof (sig_atomic_t)*CHAR_BIT-1)) - 1)
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__TEST_PSTDINT_FOR_CORRECTNESS)
+
+/*
+ *  Please compile with the maximum warning settings to make sure macros are
+ *  not defined more than once.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define glue3_aux(x,y,z) x ## y ## z
+#define glue3(x,y,z) glue3_aux(x,y,z)
+
+#define DECLU(bits) glue3(uint,bits,_t) glue3(u,bits,) = glue3(UINT,bits,_C) (0);
+#define DECLI(bits) glue3(int,bits,_t) glue3(i,bits,) = glue3(INT,bits,_C) (0);
+
+#define DECL(us,bits) glue3(DECL,us,) (bits)
+
+#define TESTUMAX(bits) glue3(u,bits,) = ~glue3(u,bits,); if (glue3(UINT,bits,_MAX) != glue3(u,bits,)) printf ("Something wrong with UINT%d_MAX\n", bits)
+
+#define REPORTERROR(msg) { err_n++; if (err_first <= 0) err_first = __LINE__; printf msg; }
+
+#define X_SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1)
+
+int main () {
+	int err_n = 0;
+	int err_first = 0;
+	DECL(I,8)
+	DECL(U,8)
+	DECL(I,16)
+	DECL(U,16)
+	DECL(I,32)
+	DECL(U,32)
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+	DECL(I,64)
+	DECL(U,64)
+#endif
+	intmax_t imax = INTMAX_C(0);
+	uintmax_t umax = UINTMAX_C(0);
+	char str0[256], str1[256];
+
+	sprintf (str0, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d", INT32_C(2147483647));
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, "2147483647")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str0));
+	if (atoi(PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str0)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH : %s\n", PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH));
+	sprintf (str0, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u", UINT32_C(4294967295));
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, "4294967295")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str0));
+	if (atoi(PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str0)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH : %s\n", PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH));
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d", INT64_C(9223372036854775807));
+	if (0 != strcmp (str1, "9223372036854775807")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str1));
+	if (atoi(PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH : %s, %d\n", PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH, (int) strlen(str1)));
+	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u", UINT64_C(18446744073709550591));
+	if (0 != strcmp (str1, "18446744073709550591")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str1));
+	if (atoi(PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH : %s, %d\n", PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH, (int) strlen(str1)));
+#endif
+
+	sprintf (str0, "%d %x\n", 0, ~0);
+
+	sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n",  i8, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i8 : %s\n", str1));
+	sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n",  u8, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u8 : %s\n", str1));
+	sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n",  i16, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i16 : %s\n", str1));
+	sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n",  u16, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u16 : %s\n", str1));
+	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d %x\n",  i32, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i32 : %s\n", str1));
+	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u %x\n",  u32, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u32 : %s\n", str1));
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d %x\n",  i64, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i64 : %s\n", str1));
+#endif
+	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "d %x\n",  imax, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with imax : %s\n", str1));
+	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "u %x\n",  umax, ~0);
+	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with umax : %s\n", str1));
+
+	TESTUMAX(8);
+	TESTUMAX(16);
+	TESTUMAX(32);
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+	TESTUMAX(64);
+#endif
+
+#define STR(v) #v
+#define Q(v) printf ("sizeof " STR(v) " = %u\n", (unsigned) sizeof (v));
+	if (err_n) {
+		printf ("pstdint.h is not correct.  Please use sizes below to correct it:\n");
+	}
+
+	Q(int)
+	Q(unsigned)
+	Q(long int)
+	Q(short int)
+	Q(int8_t)
+	Q(int16_t)
+	Q(int32_t)
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+	Q(int64_t)
+#endif
+
+#if UINT_MAX < X_SIZE_MAX
+	printf ("UINT_MAX < X_SIZE_MAX\n");
+#else
+	printf ("UINT_MAX >= X_SIZE_MAX\n");
+#endif
+	printf ("%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u vs %" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u\n", UINT_MAX, X_SIZE_MAX);
+
+	return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*
+ * stdlib.h --
+ *
+ *	Declares facilities exported by the "stdlib" portion of the C library.
+ *	This file isn't complete in the ANSI-C sense; it only declares things
+ *	that are needed by Tcl. This file is needed even on many systems with
+ *	their own stdlib.h (e.g. SunOS) because not all stdlib.h files declare
+ *	all the procedures needed here (such as strtol/strtoul).
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STDLIB
+#define _STDLIB
+
+extern void		abort(void);
+extern double		atof(const char *string);
+extern int		atoi(const char *string);
+extern long		atol(const char *string);
+extern void *		calloc(unsigned long numElements, unsigned long size);
+extern void		exit(int status);
+extern void		free(void *blockPtr);
+extern char *		getenv(const char *name);
+extern void *		malloc(unsigned long numBytes);
+extern void		qsort(void *base, unsigned long n, unsigned long size, int (*compar)(
+			    const void *element1, const void *element2));
+extern void *		realloc(void *ptr, unsigned long numBytes);
+extern char *		realpath(const char *path, char *resolved_path);
+extern int		mkstemps(char *templ, int suffixlen);
+extern int		mkstemp(char *templ);
+extern char *		mkdtemp(char *templ);
+extern long		strtol(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);
+extern unsigned long	strtoul(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);
+
+#endif /* _STDLIB */
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+ * strstr.c --
+ *
+ *	Source code for the "strstr" library routine.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1988-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tcl.h"
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * strstr --
+ *
+ *	Locate the first instance of a substring in a string.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	If string contains substring, the return value is the location of the
+ *	first matching instance of substring in string. If string doesn't
+ *	contain substring, the return value is 0. Matching is done on an exact
+ *	character-for-character basis with no wildcards or special characters.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+char *
+strstr(
+    const char *string,		/* String to search. */
+    const char *substring)		/* Substring to try to find in string. */
+{
+    const char *a, *b;
+
+    /*
+     * First scan quickly through the two strings looking for a
+     * single-character match. When it's found, then compare the rest of the
+     * substring.
+     */
+
+    b = substring;
+    if (*b == 0) {
+	return (char *)string;
+    }
+    for ( ; *string != 0; string += 1) {
+	if (*string != *b) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	a = string;
+	while (1) {
+	    if (*b == 0) {
+		return (char *)string;
+	    }
+	    if (*a++ != *b++) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	b = substring;
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * strtol.c --
+ *
+ *	Source code for the "strtol" library procedure.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1988 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tclInt.h"
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * strtol --
+ *
+ *	Convert an ASCII string into an integer.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is the integer equivalent of string. If endPtr is
+ *	non-NULL, then *endPtr is filled in with the character after the last
+ *	one that was part of the integer. If string doesn't contain a valid
+ *	integer value, then zero is returned and *endPtr is set to string.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+long int
+strtol(
+    const char *string,		/* String of ASCII digits, possibly preceded
+				 * by white space. For bases greater than 10,
+				 * either lower- or upper-case digits may be
+				 * used. */
+    char **endPtr,		/* Where to store address of terminating
+				 * character, or NULL. */
+    int base)			/* Base for conversion. Must be less than 37.
+				 * If 0, then the base is chosen from the
+				 * leading characters of string: "0x" means
+				 * hex, "0" means octal, anything else means
+				 * decimal. */
+{
+    const char *p;
+    long result;
+
+    /*
+     * Skip any leading blanks.
+     */
+
+    p = string;
+    while (isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
+	p += 1;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Check for a sign.
+     */
+
+    if (*p == '-') {
+	p += 1;
+	result = -(strtoul(p, endPtr, base));
+    } else {
+	if (*p == '+') {
+	    p += 1;
+	}
+	result = strtoul(p, endPtr, base);
+    }
+    if ((result == 0) && (endPtr != 0) && (*endPtr == p)) {
+	*endPtr = (char *) string;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/*
+ * strtoul.c --
+ *
+ *	Source code for the "strtoul" library procedure.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1988 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tclInt.h"
+
+/*
+ * The table below is used to convert from ASCII digits to a numerical
+ * equivalent. It maps from '0' through 'z' to integers (100 for non-digit
+ * characters).
+ */
+
+static const char cvtIn[] = {
+    0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,		/* '0' - '9' */
+    100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100,		/* punctuation */
+    10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19,	/* 'A' - 'Z' */
+    20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29,
+    30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
+    100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100,		/* punctuation */
+    10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19,	/* 'a' - 'z' */
+    20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29,
+    30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35};
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * strtoul --
+ *
+ *	Convert an ASCII string into an integer.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is the integer equivalent of string. If endPtr is
+ *	non-NULL, then *endPtr is filled in with the character after the last
+ *	one that was part of the integer. If string doesn't contain a valid
+ *	integer value, then zero is returned and *endPtr is set to string.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+unsigned long int
+strtoul(
+    const char *string,		/* String of ASCII digits, possibly preceded
+				 * by white space. For bases greater than 10,
+				 * either lower- or upper-case digits may be
+				 * used. */
+    char **endPtr,		/* Where to store address of terminating
+				 * character, or NULL. */
+    int base)			/* Base for conversion.  Must be less than 37.
+				 * If 0, then the base is chosen from the
+				 * leading characters of string: "0x" means
+				 * hex, "0" means octal, anything else means
+				 * decimal. */
+{
+    const char *p;
+    unsigned long int result = 0;
+    unsigned digit;
+    int anyDigits = 0;
+    int negative=0;
+    int overflow=0;
+
+    /*
+     * Skip any leading blanks.
+     */
+
+    p = string;
+    while (isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
+	p += 1;
+    }
+    if (*p == '-') {
+        negative = 1;
+        p += 1;
+    } else {
+        if (*p == '+') {
+            p += 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If no base was provided, pick one from the leading characters of the
+     * string.
+     */
+
+    if (base == 0) {
+	if (*p == '0') {
+	    p += 1;
+	    if ((*p == 'x') || (*p == 'X')) {
+		p += 1;
+		base = 16;
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * Must set anyDigits here, otherwise "0" produces a "no
+		 * digits" error.
+		 */
+
+		anyDigits = 1;
+		base = 8;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    base = 10;
+	}
+    } else if (base == 16) {
+	/*
+	 * Skip a leading "0x" from hex numbers.
+	 */
+
+	if ((p[0] == '0') && ((p[1] == 'x') || (p[1] == 'X'))) {
+	    p += 2;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Sorry this code is so messy, but speed seems important. Do different
+     * things for base 8, 10, 16, and other.
+     */
+
+    if (base == 8) {
+	unsigned long maxres = ULONG_MAX >> 3;
+
+	for ( ; ; p += 1) {
+	    digit = *p - '0';
+	    if (digit > 7) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if (result > maxres) { overflow = 1; }
+	    result = (result << 3);
+	    if (digit > (ULONG_MAX - result)) { overflow = 1; }
+	    result += digit;
+	    anyDigits = 1;
+	}
+    } else if (base == 10) {
+	unsigned long maxres = ULONG_MAX / 10;
+
+	for ( ; ; p += 1) {
+	    digit = *p - '0';
+	    if (digit > 9) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if (result > maxres) { overflow = 1; }
+	    result *= 10;
+	    if (digit > (ULONG_MAX - result)) { overflow = 1; }
+	    result += digit;
+	    anyDigits = 1;
+	}
+    } else if (base == 16) {
+	unsigned long maxres = ULONG_MAX >> 4;
+
+	for ( ; ; p += 1) {
+	    digit = *p - '0';
+	    if (digit > ('z' - '0')) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    digit = cvtIn[digit];
+	    if (digit > 15) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if (result > maxres) { overflow = 1; }
+	    result = (result << 4);
+	    if (digit > (ULONG_MAX - result)) { overflow = 1; }
+	    result += digit;
+	    anyDigits = 1;
+	}
+    } else if (base >= 2 && base <= 36) {
+	unsigned long maxres = ULONG_MAX / base;
+
+	for ( ; ; p += 1) {
+	    digit = *p - '0';
+	    if (digit > ('z' - '0')) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    digit = cvtIn[digit];
+	    if (digit >= ( (unsigned) base )) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if (result > maxres) { overflow = 1; }
+	    result *= base;
+	    if (digit > (ULONG_MAX - result)) { overflow = 1; }
+	    result += digit;
+	    anyDigits = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * See if there were any digits at all.
+     */
+
+    if (!anyDigits) {
+	p = string;
+    }
+
+    if (endPtr != 0) {
+	/* unsafe, but required by the strtoul prototype */
+	*endPtr = (char *) p;
+    }
+
+    if (overflow) {
+	errno = ERANGE;
+	return ULONG_MAX;
+    }
+    if (negative) {
+	return -result;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ waitpid(
 	} else {
 	    prevPtr->nextPtr = waitPtr->nextPtr;
 	}
-	Tcl_Free(waitPtr);
+	ckfree(waitPtr);
 	return result;
    }

@@ -156,11 +156,7 @@ waitpid(
 		goto waitAgain;
 	    }
 	}
-	waitPtr = (WaitInfo *) Tcl_AttemptAlloc(sizeof(WaitInfo));
-	if (!waitPtr) {
-	    errno = ENOMEM;
-	    return -1;
-	}
+	waitPtr = (WaitInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(WaitInfo));
 	waitPtr->pid = result;
 	waitPtr->status = status;
 	waitPtr->nextPtr = deadList;
@@ -66,9 +66,6 @@
 #ifdef _WIN32
        #define USEWIN32IOAPI
        #include "iowin32.h"
-#       if defined(_MSC_VER)
-#           define snprintf _snprintf
-#       endif
 #endif


@@ -368,7 +365,7 @@ void addFileToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, i
 void addPathToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, int opt_exclude_path,int opt_compress_level) {
    tinydir_dir dir;
    int i;
-    char newname[MAXFILENAME+1+MAXFILENAME+1];
+    char newname[512];

    tinydir_open_sorted(&dir, filenameinzip);

@@ -378,7 +375,7 @@ void addPathToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, i
        tinydir_readfile_n(&dir, &file, i);
        if(strcmp(file.name,".")==0) continue;
        if(strcmp(file.name,"..")==0) continue;
-        snprintf(newname, sizeof(newname), "%.*s/%.*s", MAXFILENAME, dir.path, MAXFILENAME, file.name);
+        sprintf(newname,"%s/%s",dir.path,file.name);
        if (file.is_dir)
        {
            addPathToZip(zf,newname,password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
+Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ int
 .sp
 \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR(\fIinterp, element, element, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
 .sp
+\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
+.sp
 \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp, lineNum\fR)
@@ -58,7 +60,7 @@ unless \fIlength\fR is negative.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
 A message to be appended to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option
 in the form of a Tcl_Obj value.
-.AP Tcl_Size length in
+.AP int length in
 The number of bytes to copy from \fImessage\fR when
 appending to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option.
 If negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
@@ -67,14 +69,17 @@ The \fB\-errorcode\fR return option will be set to this value.
 .AP "const char" *element in
 String to record as one element of the \fB\-errorcode\fR return option.
 Last \fIelement\fR argument must be NULL.
+.AP va_list argList in
+An argument list which must have been initialized using
+\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
 .AP int lineNum
 The line number of a script where an error occurred.
 .AP "const char" *script in
 Pointer to first character in script containing command (must be <= command)
 .AP "const char" *command in
 Pointer to first character in command that generated the error
-.AP Tcl_Size commandLength in
-Number of bytes in command; a negative value means use all bytes up to first null byte
+.AP int commandLength in
+Number of bytes in command; -1 means use all bytes up to first null byte
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
@@ -239,6 +244,12 @@ The procedure \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR is also used to set the
 \fB\-errorcode\fR return option. However, it takes one or more strings to
 record instead of a value. Otherwise, it is similar to
 \fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR in behavior.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR except that
+instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
+Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be nonportable in practice.
+This function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
+
 .PP
 The procedure \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR is used to read the integer value
 of the \fB\-errorline\fR return option without the overhead of a full
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-.TH Tcl_Alloc 3 9.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.TH Tcl_Alloc 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_Alloc, Tcl_Free, Tcl_Realloc, Tcl_AttemptAlloc, Tcl_AttemptRealloc, Tcl_GetMemoryInfo \- allocate or free heap memory
+Tcl_Alloc, Tcl_Free, Tcl_Realloc, Tcl_AttemptAlloc, Tcl_AttemptRealloc, Tcl_GetMemoryInfo, ckalloc, ckfree, ckrealloc, attemptckalloc, attemptckrealloc \- allocate or free heap memory
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -19,20 +19,35 @@ char *
 void
 \fBTcl_Free\fR(\fIptr\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+char *
 \fBTcl_Realloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+char *
 \fBTcl_AttemptAlloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+char *
 \fBTcl_AttemptRealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
 .sp
 void
 \fBTcl_GetMemoryInfo\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
+.sp
+char *
+\fBckalloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
+.sp
+void
+\fBckfree\fR(\fIptr\fR)
+.sp
+char *
+\fBckrealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
+.sp
+char *
+\fBattemptckalloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
+.sp
+char *
+\fBattemptckrealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS char *size
-.AP "size_t" size in
+.AP "unsigned int" size in
 Size in bytes of the memory block to allocate.
 .AP char *ptr in
 Pointer to memory block to free or realloc.
@@ -69,17 +84,18 @@ allocation fails, these functions will return NULL.  Note that on some
 platforms, but not all, attempting to allocate a zero-sized block of
 memory will also cause these functions to return NULL.
 .PP
-When a module or Tcl itself is compiled with \fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR defined,
-the procedures \fBTcl_Alloc\fR, \fBTcl_Free\fR, \fBTcl_Realloc\fR,
-\fBTcl_AttemptAlloc\fR, and \fBTcl_AttempRealloc\fR are implemented
-as macros, redefined to be special debugging versions of these procedures.
+The procedures \fBckalloc\fR, \fBckfree\fR, \fBckrealloc\fR,
+\fBattemptckalloc\fR, and \fBattemptckrealloc\fR are implemented
+as macros.  Normally, they are synonyms for the corresponding
+procedures documented on this page.  When Tcl and all modules
+calling Tcl are compiled with \fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR defined, however,
+these macros are redefined to be special debugging versions
+of these procedures.  To support Tcl's memory debugging within a
+module, use the macros rather than direct calls to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR, etc.

 \fBTcl_GetMemoryInfo\fR appends a list-of-lists of memory stats to the
 provided DString. This function cannot be used in stub-enabled extensions,
-and it is only available if Tcl is compiled with the threaded memory allocator
-When used in stub-enabled embedders, the stubs table must be first initialized
-using one of \fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR, \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR,
-\fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR or \fBTclZipfs_AppHook\fR.
+and it is only available if Tcl is compiled with the threaded memory allocator.

 .SH KEYWORDS
 alloc, allocation, free, malloc, memory, realloc, TCL_MEM_DEBUG
@@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ or \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, then Tcl normally converts this into a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
 return with an appropriate message.  The particular script
 evaluation procedures of Tcl that act in the manner are
 \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR, \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR, \fBTcl_Eval\fR, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR,
-\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR and \fBTcl_VarEval\fR.
+\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_VarEval\fR and
+\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR.
 .PP
 However, if \fBTcl_AllowExceptions\fR is invoked immediately before
 calling one of those a procedures, then arbitrary completion
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Tcl_GetAssocData, Tcl_SetAssocData, Tcl_DeleteAssocData \- manage associations o
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_GetAssocData\fR(\fIinterp, key, delProcPtr\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_SetAssocData\fR(\fIinterp, key, delProc, clientData\fR)
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Procedure to call when \fIinterp\fR is deleted.
 .AP Tcl_InterpDeleteProc **delProcPtr in
 Pointer to location in which to store address of current deletion procedure
 for association.  Ignored if NULL.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value associated with the given key in this
 interpreter.  This data is owned by the caller.
 .BE
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ the type \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ int
 .AS Tcl_AsyncHandler clientData
 .AP Tcl_AsyncProc *proc in
 Procedure to invoke to handle an asynchronous event.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 One-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .AP Tcl_AsyncHandler async in
 Token for asynchronous event handler.
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ type \fBTcl_AsyncProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_AsyncProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIcode\fR);
 .CE
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH Tcl_Backslash 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.so man.macros
+.BS
+.SH NAME
+Tcl_Backslash \- parse a backslash sequence
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
+.sp
+char
+\fBTcl_Backslash\fR(\fIsrc, countPtr\fR)
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.AS char *countPtr out
+.AP "const char" *src in
+Pointer to a string starting with a backslash.
+.AP int *countPtr out
+If \fIcountPtr\fR is not NULL, \fI*countPtr\fR gets filled
+in with number of characters in the backslash sequence, including
+the backslash character.
+.BE
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+The use of \fBTcl_Backslash\fR is deprecated in favor of
+\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR.
+.PP
+This is a utility procedure provided for backwards compatibility with
+non-internationalized Tcl extensions.  It parses a backslash sequence and
+returns the low byte of the Unicode character corresponding to the sequence.
+\fBTcl_Backslash\fR modifies \fI*countPtr\fR to contain the number of
+characters in the backslash sequence.
+.PP
+See the Tcl manual entry for information on the valid backslash sequences.
+All of the sequences described in the Tcl manual entry are supported by
+\fBTcl_Backslash\fR.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+Tcl(n), Tcl_UtfBackslash(3)
+
+.SH KEYWORDS
+backslash, parse
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-.TH Tcl_ByteArrayObj 3 9.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.TH Tcl_ByteArrayObj 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ unsigned char *
 .AP "const unsigned char" *bytes in
 The array of bytes used to initialize or set a byte-array value. May be NULL
 even if \fInumBytes\fR is non-zero.
-.AP Tcl_Size numBytes in
-The number of bytes in the array.
+.AP int numBytes in
+The number of bytes in the array.  It must be >= 0.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
 For \fBTcl_SetByteArrayObj\fR, this points to an unshared value to be
 overwritten by a byte-array value.  For \fBTcl_GetBytesFromObj\fR,
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ overwritten by a byte-array value.  For \fBTcl_GetBytesFromObj\fR,
 to the value from which to extract an array of bytes.
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
 Interpreter to use for error reporting.
-.AP "Tcl_Size \&| int" *numBytesPtr out
+.AP "size_t | int" *numBytesPtr out
 Points to space where the number of bytes in the array may be written.
 Caller may pass NULL when it does not need this information.
 .BE
@@ -92,6 +92,11 @@ returns a pointer to the created value with a reference count of zero.
 of the unshared \fIobjPtr\fR as appropriate, and keeps its reference
 count (0 or 1) unchanged.  The value produced by these routines has no
 string representation.  Any memory allocation failure may cause a panic.
+Note that the type of the \fInumBytes\fR argument is \fBint\fR; consequently
+the largest byte-array value that can be produced by these routines is one
+holding \fBINT_MAX\fR bytes.  Note also that the string representation of
+any Tcl value is limited to \fBINT_MAX\fR bytes, so caution should be
+taken with any byte-array of more than \fBINT_MAX / 2\fR bytes.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetBytesFromObj\fR performs the opposite function of
 \fBTcl_SetByteArrayObj\fR, providing access to read a byte-array from
@@ -116,14 +121,29 @@ failure, nothing will be written to \fInumBytesPtr\fR, and if
 the \fIinterp\fR argument is non-NULL, then error messages and
 codes are left in it recording the error.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR performs exactly the same function as
-\fBTcl_GetBytesFromObj\fR does when called with the \fIinterp\fR
-argument passed the value NULL.  This is incompatible with the
-way \fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR functioned in Tcl 8.
-\fBTcl_GetBytesFromObj\fR is the more capable interface and should
-usually be favored for use over \fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR.
+\fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR performs nearly the same function as
+\fBTcl_GetBytesFromObj\fR.  They differ only in the circumstance when
+a byte-array internal value must be created by transformation of
+a string representation, and that string representation contains a
+character with codepoint greater than U+00FF.  Instead of failing
+the conversion, \fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR will use the 8 least
+significant bits of each codepoint to produce a valid byte value
+from any character codepoint value.  In any other circumstance,
+\fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR performs just as \fBTcl_GetBytesFromObj\fR
+does.  Since the conversion cannot fail, \fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR
+has no need for an \fIinterp\fR argument to record any errors and
+the caller can assume \fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR does not return NULL.
 .PP
-On success, both \fBTcl_GetByteFromObj\fR and \fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR
+\fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR must be used with caution.  Because of the
+truncation on conversion, the byte-array made available to the caller
+cannot reliably complete a round-trip back to the original string
+representation.  This creates opportunities for bugs due to blindness
+to differences in values.  This routine exists in this form primarily
+for compatibility with codebases written for earlier releases of Tcl.
+It is expected this routine will incompatibly change in Tcl 9 so that
+it also signals failed conversions with a NULL return.
+.PP
+On success, both \fBTcl_GetBytesFromObj\fR and \fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR
 return a pointer into the internal representation of a \fBTcl_Obj\fR.
 That pointer must not be freed by the caller, and should not be retained
 for use beyond the known time the internal representation of the value
@@ -134,14 +154,10 @@ and any string representation is invalidated.
 On success, both \fBTcl_GetBytesFromObj\fR and \fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR
 write the number of bytes in the byte-array value of \fIobjPtr\fR
 to the space pointed to by \fInumBytesPtr\fR.  This space may be of type
-\fBTcl_Size\fR or of type \fBint\fR.  It is recommended that callers provide
-a \fBTcl_Size\fR space for this purpose.  If the caller provides only
-an \fBint\fR space and the number of bytes in the byte-array value of
-\fIobjPtr\fR is greater than \fBINT_MAX\fR, the routine will fail due
-to being unable to correctly report the byte-array size to the caller.
-The ability to provide an \fBint\fR space is best considered a migration
-aid for codebases constrained to continue operating with Tcl releases
-older than 8.7.
+\fBsize_t\fR or of type \fBint\fR.  In Tcl 8, the largest number of
+bytes possible is \fBINT_MAX\fR, so either type can receive the value.
+In codebases meant to migrate to Tcl 9, the option to write to a space
+of type \fBsize_t\fR may aid in the migration.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_SetByteArrayLength\fR enables a caller to change the size of a
 byte-array in the internal representation of an unshared \fIobjPtr\fR to
@@ -154,9 +170,8 @@ changes the internal representation, \fBTcl_SetByteArrayLength\fR
 also invalidates any string representation in \fIobjPtr\fR.  If resizing
 grows the byte-array, the new byte values are undefined.  If \fIobjPtr\fR
 does not already possess an internal byte-array, one is produced in the
-same way that \fBTcl_GetBytesFromObj\fR does, also returning NULL
-when any characters of the value in \fIobjPtr\fR (up to
-\fInumBytes\fR of them) are not valid bytes.
+same way that \fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR does, with all the cautions
+that go along with that.
 .SH "REFERENCE COUNT MANAGEMENT"
 .PP
 \fBTcl_NewByteArrayObj\fR always returns a zero-reference object, much
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Tcl_CallWhenDeleted, Tcl_DontCallWhenDeleted \- Arrange for callback when interp
 Interpreter with which to associated callback.
 .AP Tcl_InterpDeleteProc *proc in
 Procedure to call when \fIinterp\fR is deleted.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ type \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ Error message to use in the cancellation, or NULL to use a default message. If
 not NULL, this object will have its reference count decremented before
 \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR returns.
 .AP int flags in
-OR'ed combination of flag bits that specify additional options.
+ORed combination of flag bits that specify additional options.
 For \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR, only \fBTCL_CANCEL_UNWIND\fR is currently
 supported.  For \fBTcl_Canceled\fR, only \fBTCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG\fR and
 \fBTCL_CANCEL_UNWIND\fR are currently supported.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Currently reserved for future use.
 It should be set to NULL.
 .BE
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Extensions can use this function to check to see if they should abort a long
 running command.  This function is thread sensitive and may only be called
 from the thread the interpreter was created in.
 .SS "FLAG BITS"
-Any OR'ed combination of the following values may be used for the
+Any ORed combination of the following values may be used for the
 \fIflags\fR argument to procedures such as \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR:
 .TP 20
 \fBTCL_CANCEL_UNWIND\fR
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Tcl_Channel
 Interpreter for error reporting.
 .AP "const Tcl_ChannelType" *typePtr in
 The new channel I/O procedures to use for \fIchannel\fR.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to channel I/O procedures.
 .AP int mask in
 Conditions under which \fIchannel\fR will be used: OR-ed combination of
@@ -49,8 +49,11 @@ I/O channels.  Examples include compression and encryption modules.  These
 functions transparently stack and unstack a new channel on top of an
 existing one.  Any number of channels can be stacked together.
 .PP
-The \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR version currently supported is
-\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5\fR.  See \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR for details.
+The implementation of the Tcl channel code was rewritten in 8.3.2 to
+correct some problems with the previous implementation with regard to
+stacked channels.  Anyone using stacked channels or creating stacked
+channel drivers should update to the new \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR
+\fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure.  See \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR for details.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_StackChannel\fR stacks a new \fIchannel\fR on an existing channel
 with the same name that was registered for \fIchannel\fR by
@@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ Tcl_Object
 int
 \fBTcl_ObjectDeleted\fR(\fIobject\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_ObjectGetMetadata\fR(\fIobject, metaTypePtr\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_ObjectSetMetadata\fR(\fIobject, metaTypePtr, metadata\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_ClassGetMetadata\fR(\fIclass, metaTypePtr\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_ClassSetMetadata\fR(\fIclass, metaTypePtr, metadata\fR)
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Tcl_Obj *
 \fBTcl_GetObjectClassName\fR(\fIinterp\fR, \fIobject\fR)
 .VE "TIP 605"
 .SH ARGUMENTS
-.AS void *metadata in/out
+.AS ClientData metadata in/out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
 Interpreter providing the context for looking up or creating an object, and
 into whose result error messages will be written on failure.
@@ -81,11 +81,11 @@ automatically selected.
 The name of the namespace to create for the object's private use, or NULL if a
 new unused name is to be automatically selected. The namespace must not
 already exist.
-.AP Tcl_Size objc in
+.AP int objc in
 The number of elements in the \fIobjv\fR array.
 .AP "Tcl_Obj *const" *objv in
 The arguments to the command to create the instance of the class.
-.AP Tcl_Size skip in
+.AP int skip in
 The number of arguments at the start of the argument array, \fIobjv\fR, that
 are not arguments to any constructors. This allows the generation of correct
 error messages even when complicated calling patterns are used (e.g., via the
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ error messages even when complicated calling patterns are used (e.g., via the
 .AP Tcl_ObjectMetadataType *metaTypePtr in
 The type of \fImetadata\fR being set with \fBTcl_ClassSetMetadata\fR or
 retrieved with \fBTcl_ClassGetMetadata\fR.
-.AP void *metadata in
+.AP ClientData metadata in
 An item of metadata to attach to the class, or NULL to remove the metadata
 associated with a particular \fImetaTypePtr\fR.
 .AP "Tcl_ObjectMapMethodNameProc" "methodNameMapper" in
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ a class or object.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_ObjectMetadataDeleteProc\fR(
-        void *\fImetadata\fR);
+        ClientData \fImetadata\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fImetadata\fR argument gives the address of the metadata to be
@@ -213,8 +213,8 @@ associated with a class or object.
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_CloneProc\fR(
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
-        void *\fIsrcMetadata\fR,
-        void **\fIdstMetadataPtr\fR);
+        ClientData \fIsrcMetadata\fR,
+        ClientData *\fIdstMetadataPtr\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIinterp\fR argument gives a place to write an error message when the
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ const char *
 \fBTcl_Concat\fR(\fIargc, argv\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS "const char *const" argv[]
-.AP Tcl_Size argc in
+.AP int argc in
 Number of strings.
 .AP "const char *const" argv[] in
 Array of strings to concatenate.  Must have \fIargc\fR entries.
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_IsSafe, Tcl_CreateChild, Tcl_GetChild, Tcl_GetParent, Tcl_GetInterpPath, Tcl_CreateAlias, Tcl_CreateAliasObj, Tcl_GetAlias, Tcl_GetAliasObj, Tcl_ExposeCommand, Tcl_HideCommand \- manage multiple Tcl interpreters, aliases and hidden commands
+Tcl_IsSafe, Tcl_MakeSafe, Tcl_CreateChild, Tcl_CreateSlave, Tcl_GetChild, Tcl_GetSlave, Tcl_GetParent, Tcl_GetMaster, Tcl_GetInterpPath, Tcl_CreateAlias, Tcl_CreateAliasObj, Tcl_GetAlias, Tcl_GetAliasObj, Tcl_ExposeCommand, Tcl_HideCommand \- manage multiple Tcl interpreters, aliases and hidden commands
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -16,13 +16,25 @@ Tcl_IsSafe, Tcl_CreateChild, Tcl_GetChild, Tcl_GetParent, Tcl_GetInterpPath, Tcl
 int
 \fBTcl_IsSafe\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
 .sp
+int
+\fBTcl_MakeSafe\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
+.sp
 Tcl_Interp *
 \fBTcl_CreateChild\fR(\fIinterp, name, isSafe\fR)
 .sp
 Tcl_Interp *
+\fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR(\fIinterp, name, isSafe\fR)
+.sp
+Tcl_Interp *
+\fBTcl_GetSlave\fR(\fIinterp, name\fR)
+.sp
+Tcl_Interp *
 \fBTcl_GetChild\fR(\fIinterp, name\fR)
 .sp
 Tcl_Interp *
+\fBTcl_GetMaster\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
+.sp
+Tcl_Interp *
 \fBTcl_GetParent\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
 .sp
 int
@@ -69,12 +81,12 @@ Name of source command for alias.
 Interpreter that contains the target command for an alias.
 .AP "const char" *targetCmd in
 Name of target command for alias in \fItargetInterp\fR.
-.AP Tcl_Size argc in
+.AP int argc in
 Count of additional arguments to pass to the alias command.
 .AP "const char *const" *argv in
 Vector of strings, the additional arguments to pass to the alias command.
 This storage is owned by the caller.
-.AP Tcl_Size objc in
+.AP int objc in
 Count of additional value arguments to pass to the aliased command.
 .AP Tcl_Obj **objv in
 Vector of Tcl_Obj structures, the additional value arguments to pass to
@@ -130,19 +142,38 @@ child in which Tcl code has access only to set of Tcl commands defined as
 see the manual entry for the Tcl \fBinterp\fR command for details.
 If the creation of the new child interpreter failed, \fBNULL\fR is returned.
 .PP
+\fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR is a synonym for \fBTcl_CreateChild\fR.
+.PP
 \fBTcl_IsSafe\fR returns \fB1\fR if \fIinterp\fR is
 .QW safe
 (was created with the \fBTCL_SAFE_INTERPRETER\fR flag specified),
 \fB0\fR otherwise.
 .PP
+\fBTcl_MakeSafe\fR marks \fIinterp\fR as
+.QW safe ,
+so that future
+calls to \fBTcl_IsSafe\fR will return 1.  It also removes all known
+potentially-unsafe core functionality (both commands and variables)
+from \fIinterp\fR.  However, it cannot know what parts of an extension
+or application are safe and does not make any attempt to remove those
+parts, so safety is not guaranteed after calling \fBTcl_MakeSafe\fR.
+Callers will want to take care with their use of \fBTcl_MakeSafe\fR
+to avoid false claims of safety.  For many situations, \fBTcl_CreateChild\fR
+may be a better choice, since it creates interpreters in a known-safe state.
+\fBTcl_MakeSafe\fR is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
+.PP
 \fBTcl_GetChild\fR returns a pointer to a child interpreter of
 \fIinterp\fR. The child interpreter is identified by \fIname\fR.
 If no such child interpreter exists, \fBNULL\fR is returned.
 .PP
+\fBTcl_GetSlave\fR is a synonym for \fBTcl_GetChild\fR.
+.PP
 \fBTcl_GetParent\fR returns a pointer to the parent interpreter of
 \fIinterp\fR. If \fIinterp\fR has no parent (it is a
 top-level interpreter) then \fBNULL\fR is returned.
 .PP
+\fBTcl_GetMaster\fR is a synonym for \fBTcl_GetParent\fR.
+.PP
 \fBTcl_GetInterpPath\fR stores in the result of \fIinterp\fR
 the relative path between \fIinterp\fR and \fIchildInterp\fR;
 \fIchildInterp\fR must be a child of \fIinterp\fR. If the computation
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .BS
 '\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_CreateChannel, Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData, Tcl_GetChannelType, Tcl_GetChannelName, Tcl_GetChannelHandle, Tcl_GetChannelMode, Tcl_GetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_SetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_NotifyChannel, Tcl_BadChannelOption, Tcl_ChannelName, Tcl_ChannelVersion, Tcl_ChannelBlockModeProc, Tcl_ChannelClose2Proc, Tcl_ChannelInputProc, Tcl_ChannelOutputProc, Tcl_ChannelWideSeekProc, Tcl_ChannelTruncateProc, Tcl_ChannelSetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelGetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelWatchProc, Tcl_ChannelGetHandleProc, Tcl_ChannelFlushProc, Tcl_ChannelHandlerProc, Tcl_ChannelThreadActionProc, Tcl_IsChannelShared, Tcl_IsChannelRegistered, Tcl_CutChannel, Tcl_SpliceChannel, Tcl_IsChannelExisting, Tcl_ClearChannelHandlers, Tcl_GetChannelThread, Tcl_ChannelBuffered \- procedures for creating and manipulating channels
+Tcl_CreateChannel, Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData, Tcl_GetChannelType, Tcl_GetChannelName, Tcl_GetChannelHandle, Tcl_GetChannelMode, Tcl_GetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_SetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_NotifyChannel, Tcl_BadChannelOption, Tcl_ChannelName, Tcl_ChannelVersion, Tcl_ChannelBlockModeProc, Tcl_ChannelCloseProc, Tcl_ChannelClose2Proc, Tcl_ChannelInputProc, Tcl_ChannelOutputProc, Tcl_ChannelSeekProc, Tcl_ChannelWideSeekProc, Tcl_ChannelTruncateProc, Tcl_ChannelSetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelGetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelWatchProc, Tcl_ChannelGetHandleProc, Tcl_ChannelFlushProc, Tcl_ChannelHandlerProc, Tcl_ChannelThreadActionProc, Tcl_IsChannelShared, Tcl_IsChannelRegistered, Tcl_CutChannel, Tcl_SpliceChannel, Tcl_IsChannelExisting, Tcl_ClearChannelHandlers, Tcl_GetChannelThread, Tcl_ChannelBuffered \- procedures for creating and manipulating channels
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Tcl_CreateChannel, Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData, Tcl_GetChannelType, Tcl_GetChanne
 Tcl_Channel
 \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR(\fItypePtr, channelName, instanceData, mask\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_GetChannelInstanceData\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
 .sp
 const Tcl_ChannelType *
@@ -80,6 +80,9 @@ Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion
 Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *
 \fBTcl_ChannelBlockModeProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
 .sp
+Tcl_DriverCloseProc *
+\fBTcl_ChannelCloseProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
+.sp
 Tcl_DriverClose2Proc *
 \fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
 .sp
@@ -89,6 +92,9 @@ Tcl_DriverInputProc *
 Tcl_DriverOutputProc *
 \fBTcl_ChannelOutputProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
 .sp
+Tcl_DriverSeekProc *
+\fBTcl_ChannelSeekProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
+.sp
 Tcl_DriverWideSeekProc *
 \fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
 .sp
@@ -127,7 +133,7 @@ by any other channel. Can be NULL, in which case the channel is
 created without a name. If the created channel is assigned to one
 of the standard channels (\fBstdin\fR, \fBstdout\fR or \fBstderr\fR),
 the assigned channel name will be the name of the standard channel.
-.AP void *instanceData in
+.AP ClientData instanceData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to be associated with this channel.  This
 value is passed to procedures in \fItypePtr\fR when they are invoked.
 .AP int mask in
@@ -138,10 +144,10 @@ The channel to operate on.
 .AP int direction in
 \fBTCL_READABLE\fR means the input handle is wanted; \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR
 means the output handle is wanted.
-.AP void **handlePtr out
+.AP ClientData *handlePtr out
 Points to the location where the desired OS-specific handle should be
 stored.
-.AP Tcl_Size size in
+.AP int size in
 The size, in bytes, of buffers to allocate in this channel.
 .AP int mask in
 An OR-ed combination of \fBTCL_READABLE\fR, \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR
@@ -296,13 +302,16 @@ name is registered in the (thread)-global list of all channels (result
 (thread)global list of all channels (of the current thread).
 Application to a channel still registered in some interpreter
 is not allowed.
-Also notifies the driver if
+Also notifies the driver if the \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR version is
+\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR (or higher), and
 \fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR is defined for it.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_SpliceChannel\fR adds the specified \fIchannel\fR to the
 (thread)global list of all channels (of the current thread).
 Application to a channel registered in some interpreter is not allowed.
-Also notifies the driver if \fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR is defined for it.
+Also notifies the driver if the \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR version is
+\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR (or higher), and
+\fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR is defined for it.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_ClearChannelHandlers\fR removes all channel handlers and event
 scripts associated with the specified \fIchannel\fR, thus shutting
@@ -322,10 +331,10 @@ The \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure contains the following fields:
 typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
        const char *\fItypeName\fR;
        Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion \fIversion\fR;
-        void *\fIcloseProc\fR; /* Not used any more*/
+        Tcl_DriverCloseProc *\fIcloseProc\fR;
        Tcl_DriverInputProc *\fIinputProc\fR;
        Tcl_DriverOutputProc *\fIoutputProc\fR;
-        void *\fIseekProc\fR; /* Not used any more */
+        Tcl_DriverSeekProc *\fIseekProc\fR;
        Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc *\fIsetOptionProc\fR;
        Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc *\fIgetOptionProc\fR;
        Tcl_DriverWatchProc *\fIwatchProc\fR;
@@ -354,8 +363,9 @@ The user should only use the above structure for \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR
 instantiation.  When referencing fields in a \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR
 structure, the following functions should be used to obtain the values:
 \fBTcl_ChannelName\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelVersion\fR,
-\fBTcl_ChannelBlockModeProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR,
-\fBTcl_ChannelInputProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelOutputProc\fR,
+\fBTcl_ChannelBlockModeProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelCloseProc\fR,
+\fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelInputProc\fR,
+\fBTcl_ChannelOutputProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelSeekProc\fR,
 \fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelThreadActionProc\fR,
 \fBTcl_ChannelTruncateProc\fR,
 \fBTcl_ChannelSetOptionProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelGetOptionProc\fR,
@@ -378,9 +388,25 @@ a pointer to the string.
 .PP

 The \fIversion\fR field should be set to the version of the structure
-that you require. \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5\fR is the minimum supported.
+that you require. \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR is the minimum recommended.
+\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3\fR must be set to specify the \fIwideSeekProc\fR member.
+\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR must be set to specify the \fIthreadActionProc\fR member
+(includes \fIwideSeekProc\fR).
+\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5\fR must be set to specify the
+\fItruncateProc\fR members (includes
+\fIwideSeekProc\fR and \fIthreadActionProc\fR).
+If it is not set to any of these, then this
+\fBTcl_ChannelType\fR is assumed to have the original structure.  See
+\fBOLD CHANNEL TYPES\fR for more details.  While Tcl will recognize
+and function with either structures, stacked channels must be of at
+least \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR to function correctly.
 .PP
-This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelVersion\fR.
+This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelVersion\fR, which returns
+one of
+\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5\fR,
+\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR,
+\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3\fR,
+\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR or \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_1\fR.
 .SS BLOCKMODEPROC
 .PP
 The \fIblockModeProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by
@@ -389,7 +415,7 @@ the generic layer to set blocking and nonblocking mode on the device.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverBlockModeProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        int \fImode\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -416,23 +442,22 @@ blocking mode is acceptable to it, and should this also document for
 the user so that the blocking mode of the channel is not changed to an
 unacceptable value. Any confusion here may lead the interpreter into a
 (spurious and difficult to find) deadlock.
-.SS "CLOSE2PROC"
+.SS "CLOSEPROC AND CLOSE2PROC"
 .PP
-The \fIclose2Proc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
+The \fIcloseProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
 generic layer to clean up driver-related information when the channel is
-closed. \fIClose2Proc\fR must match the following prototype:
+closed. \fICloseProc\fR must match the following prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
-typedef int \fBTcl_DriverClose2Proc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
-        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
-        int \fIflags\fR);
+typedef int \fBTcl_DriverCloseProc\fR(
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
+        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
-If \fIflags\fR is 0, the \fIinstanceData\fR argument is the same as the value
-provided to \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when the channel was created. The function
-should release any storage maintained by the channel driver for this channel,
-and close the input and output devices encapsulated by this channel. All queued
+The \fIinstanceData\fR argument is the same as the value provided to
+\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when the channel was created. The function should
+release any storage maintained by the channel driver for this channel, and
+close the input and output devices encapsulated by this channel. All queued
 output will have been flushed to the device before this function is called,
 and no further driver operations will be invoked on this instance after
 calling the \fIcloseProc\fR. If the close operation is successful, the
@@ -441,20 +466,35 @@ error code. In addition, if an error occurs and \fIinterp\fR is not NULL,
 the procedure should store an error message in the interpreter's result.
 .PP
 Alternatively, channels that support closing the read and write sides
-independently may accept other flag values than 0.
-Then \fIclose2Proc\fR will be called with \fIflags\fR set to an OR'ed
+independently may set \fIcloseProc\fR to \fBTCL_CLOSE2PROC\fR and set
+\fIclose2Proc\fR to the address of a function that matches the
+following prototype:
+.PP
+.CS
+typedef int \fBTcl_DriverClose2Proc\fR(
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
+        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
+        int \fIflags\fR);
+.CE
+.PP
+The \fIclose2Proc\fR will be called with \fIflags\fR set to an OR'ed
 combination of \fBTCL_CLOSE_READ\fR or \fBTCL_CLOSE_WRITE\fR to
 indicate that the driver should close the read and/or write side of
 the channel.  The channel driver may be invoked to perform
 additional operations on the channel after \fIclose2Proc\fR is
-called to close one or both sides of the channel.  In all cases, the
-\fIclose2Proc\fR function should return zero if the close operation was
-successful; otherwise it should return a nonzero POSIX error code.
-In addition, if an error occurs and \fIinterp\fR is not NULL, the procedure
-should store an error message in the interpreter's result.
+called to close one or both sides of the channel.  If \fIflags\fR is
+\fB0\fR (zero), the driver should close the channel in the manner
+described above for \fIcloseProc\fR.  No further operations will be
+invoked on this instance after \fIclose2Proc\fR is called with all
+flags cleared.  In all cases, the \fIclose2Proc\fR function should
+return zero if the close operation was successful; otherwise it should
+return a nonzero POSIX error code. In addition, if an error occurs and
+\fIinterp\fR is not NULL, the procedure should store an error message
+in the interpreter's result.
 .PP
-The \fIclose2Proc\fR value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR,
-which returns a pointer to the function.
+The \fIcloseProc\fR and \fIclose2Proc\fR values can be retrieved with
+\fBTcl_ChannelCloseProc\fR or \fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR, which
+return a pointer to the respective function.
 .SS INPUTPROC
 .PP
 The \fIinputProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
@@ -463,7 +503,7 @@ internal buffer. \fIInputProc\fR must match the following prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverInputProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        char *\fIbuf\fR,
        int \fIbufSize\fR,
        int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
@@ -507,7 +547,7 @@ generic layer to transfer data from an internal buffer to the output device.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverOutputProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        const char *\fIbuf\fR,
        int \fItoWrite\fR,
        int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
@@ -537,17 +577,17 @@ without writing any data.
 .PP
 This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelOutputProc\fR, which returns
 a pointer to the function.
-.SS "WIDESEEKPROC"
+.SS "SEEKPROC AND WIDESEEKPROC"
 .PP
-The \fIwideSeekProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
+The \fIseekProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
 generic layer to move the access point at which subsequent input or output
-operations will be applied. \fIWideSeekProc\fR must match the following
+operations will be applied. \fISeekProc\fR must match the following
 prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
-typedef long long \fBTcl_DriverWideSeekProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
-        long long \fIoffset\fR,
+typedef int \fBTcl_DriverSeekProc\fR(
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
+        long \fIoffset\fR,
        int \fIseekMode\fR,
        int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
 .CE
@@ -566,8 +606,30 @@ does not implement seeking.
 The return value is the new access point or -1 in case of error. If an
 error occurred, the function should not move the access point.
 .PP
-The \fIwideSseekProc\fR value can be retrieved with
-\fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR, which returns a pointer to the function.
+If there is a non-NULL \fIseekProc\fR field, the \fIwideSeekProc\fR
+field may contain the address of an alternative function to use which
+handles wide (i.e. larger than 32-bit) offsets, so allowing seeks
+within files larger than 2GB.  The \fIwideSeekProc\fR will be called
+in preference to the \fIseekProc\fR, but both must be defined if the
+\fIwideSeekProc\fR is defined.  \fIWideSeekProc\fR must match the
+following prototype:
+.PP
+.CS
+typedef long long \fBTcl_DriverWideSeekProc\fR(
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
+        long long \fIoffset\fR,
+        int \fIseekMode\fR,
+        int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
+.CE
+.PP
+The arguments and return values mean the same thing as with
+\fIseekProc\fR above, except that the type of offsets and the return
+type are different.
+.PP
+The \fIseekProc\fR value can be retrieved with
+\fBTcl_ChannelSeekProc\fR, which returns a pointer to the function,
+and similarly the \fIwideSeekProc\fR can be retrieved with
+\fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR.
 .SS SETOPTIONPROC
 .PP
 The \fIsetOptionProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by
@@ -576,7 +638,7 @@ the generic layer to set a channel type specific option on a channel.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverSetOptionProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        const char *\fIoptionName\fR,
        const char *\fInewValue\fR);
@@ -617,7 +679,7 @@ channel. \fIgetOptionProc\fR must match the following prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverGetOptionProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        const char *\fIoptionName\fR,
        Tcl_DString *\fIoptionValue\fR);
@@ -655,7 +717,7 @@ notice events of interest on this channel.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_DriverWatchProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        int \fImask\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -686,9 +748,9 @@ the generic layer to retrieve a device-specific handle from the channel.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverGetHandleProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        int \fIdirection\fR,
-        void **\fIhandlePtr\fR);
+        ClientData *\fIhandlePtr\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 \fIInstanceData\fR is the same as the value passed to
@@ -715,7 +777,7 @@ It should be set to NULL.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverFlushProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelFlushProc\fR, which returns
@@ -730,7 +792,7 @@ that occur on the underlying (stacked) channel.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverHandlerProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        int \fIinterestMask\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -759,7 +821,7 @@ might be maintaining using the calling thread as the associate. See
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        int \fIaction\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -776,7 +838,7 @@ length. It can be NULL.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverTruncateProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        long long \fIlength\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -824,6 +886,58 @@ The function takes good care of inserting minus signs before
 each option, commas after, and an
 .QW or
 before the last option.
+.SH "OLD CHANNEL TYPES"
+The original (8.3.1 and below) \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure contains
+the following fields:
+.PP
+.CS
+typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
+    const char *\fItypeName\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *\fIblockModeProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverCloseProc *\fIcloseProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverInputProc *\fIinputProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverOutputProc *\fIoutputProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverSeekProc *\fIseekProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc *\fIsetOptionProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc *\fIgetOptionProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverWatchProc *\fIwatchProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc *\fIgetHandleProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverClose2Proc *\fIclose2Proc\fR;
+} \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR;
+.CE
+.PP
+It is still possible to create channel with the above structure.  The
+internal channel code will determine the version.  It is imperative to use
+the new \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure if you are creating a stacked
+channel driver, due to problems with the earlier stacked channel
+implementation (in 8.2.0 to 8.3.1).
+.PP
+Prior to 8.4.0 (i.e. during the later releases of 8.3 and early part
+of the 8.4 development cycle) the \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure
+contained the following fields:
+.PP
+.CS
+typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
+    const char *\fItypeName\fR;
+    Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion \fIversion\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverCloseProc *\fIcloseProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverInputProc *\fIinputProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverOutputProc *\fIoutputProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverSeekProc *\fIseekProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc *\fIsetOptionProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc *\fIgetOptionProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverWatchProc *\fIwatchProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc *\fIgetHandleProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverClose2Proc *\fIclose2Proc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *\fIblockModeProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverFlushProc *\fIflushProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverHandlerProc *\fIhandlerProc\fR;
+    Tcl_DriverTruncateProc *\fItruncateProc\fR;
+} \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR;
+.CE
+.PP
+When the above structure is registered as a channel type, the
+\fIversion\fR field should always be \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_Close(3), Tcl_OpenFileChannel(3), Tcl_SetErrno(3), Tcl_QueueEvent(3), Tcl_StackChannel(3), Tcl_GetStdChannel(3)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ Tcl channel such as returned by \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR.
 Conditions under which \fIproc\fR should be called: OR-ed combination of
 \fBTCL_READABLE\fR, \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR and \fBTCL_EXCEPTION\fR. Specify
 a zero value to temporarily disable an existing handler.
-.AP Tcl_ChannelProc *proc in
+.AP Tcl_FileProc *proc in
 Procedure to invoke whenever the channel indicated by \fIchannel\fR meets
 the conditions specified by \fImask\fR.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ what it means for a channel to be readable or writable.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_ChannelProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        int \fImask\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ void
 The channel for which to create or delete a close callback.
 .AP Tcl_CloseProc *proc in
 The procedure to call as the callback.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_CloseProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR is the same as the value provided in the call to
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Name of command.
 .AP Tcl_CmdProc *proc in
 Implementation of new command:  \fIproc\fR will be called whenever
 \fIcmdName\fR is invoked as a command.
-.AP voie *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR and \fIdeleteProc\fR.
 .AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in
 Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter;
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ and it returns NULL.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_CmdProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIargc\fR,
        const char *\fIargv\fR[]);
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ result that match the type \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ a handler.
 .AP Tcl_FileProc *proc in
 Procedure to invoke whenever the file or device indicated
 by \fIfile\fR meets the conditions specified by \fImask\fR.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ type \fBTcl_FileProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_FileProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        int \fImask\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH Tcl_CreateMathFunc 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.so man.macros
+.BS
+.SH NAME
+Tcl_CreateMathFunc, Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo, Tcl_ListMathFuncs \- Define, query and enumerate math functions for expressions
+.SH "NOTICE OF EVENTUAL DEPRECATION"
+.PP
+The \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR and \fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR functions
+are rendered somewhat obsolete by the ability to create functions for
+expressions by placing commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace,
+as described in the \fBmathfunc\fR manual page; the API described on
+this page is not expected to be maintained indefinitely.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
+.sp
+void
+\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgs, argTypes, proc, clientData\fR)
+.sp
+int
+\fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgsPtr, argTypesPtr, procPtr,
+                    clientDataPtr\fR)
+.sp
+Tcl_Obj *
+\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR(\fIinterp, pattern\fR)
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.AS Tcl_ValueType *clientDataPtr out
+.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
+Interpreter in which new function will be defined.
+.AP "const char" *name in
+Name for new function.
+.AP int numArgs in
+Number of arguments to new function;  also gives size of \fIargTypes\fR array.
+.AP Tcl_ValueType *argTypes in
+Points to an array giving the permissible types for each argument to
+function.
+.AP Tcl_MathProc *proc in
+Procedure that implements the function.
+.AP ClientData clientData in
+Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR when it is invoked.
+.AP int *numArgsPtr out
+Points to a variable that will be set to contain the number of
+arguments to the function.
+.AP Tcl_ValueType **argTypesPtr out
+Points to a variable that will be set to contain a pointer to an array
+giving the permissible types for each argument to the function which
+will need to be freed up using \fITcl_Free\fR.
+.AP Tcl_MathProc **procPtr out
+Points to a variable that will be set to contain a pointer to the
+implementation code for the function (or NULL if the function is
+implemented directly in bytecode).
+.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
+Points to a variable that will be set to contain the clientData
+argument passed to \fITcl_CreateMathFunc\fR when the function was
+created if the function is not implemented directly in bytecode.
+.AP "const char" *pattern in
+Pattern to match against function names so as to filter them (by
+passing to \fITcl_StringMatch\fR), or NULL to not apply any filter.
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+Tcl allows a number of mathematical functions to be used in
+expressions, such as \fBsin\fR, \fBcos\fR, and \fBhypot\fR.
+These functions are represented by commands in the namespace,
+\fBtcl::mathfunc\fR.  The \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR function is
+an obsolete way for applications to add additional functions
+to those already provided by Tcl or to replace existing functions.
+It should not be used by new applications, which should create
+math functions using \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR to create a command
+in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.
+.PP
+In the \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR interface,
+\fIName\fR is the name of the function as it will appear in expressions.
+If \fIname\fR does not already exist in the \fB::tcl::mathfunc\fR
+namespace, then a new command is created in that namespace.
+If \fIname\fR does exist, then the existing function is replaced.
+\fINumArgs\fR and \fIargTypes\fR describe the arguments to the function.
+Each entry in the \fIargTypes\fR array must be
+one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR, \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR,
+or \fBTCL_EITHER\fR to indicate whether the corresponding argument must be an
+integer, a double-precision floating value, a wide (64-bit) integer,
+or any, respectively.
+.PP
+Whenever the function is invoked in an expression Tcl will invoke
+\fIproc\fR.  \fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match
+the type \fBTcl_MathProc\fR:
+.PP
+.CS
+typedef int \fBTcl_MathProc\fR(
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
+        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
+        Tcl_Value *\fIargs\fR,
+        Tcl_Value *\fIresultPtr\fR);
+.CE
+.PP
+When \fIproc\fR is invoked the \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR
+arguments will be the same as those passed to \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR.
+\fIArgs\fR will point to an array of \fInumArgs\fR Tcl_Value structures,
+which describe the actual arguments to the function:
+.PP
+.CS
+typedef struct Tcl_Value {
+    Tcl_ValueType \fItype\fR;
+    long \fIintValue\fR;
+    double \fIdoubleValue\fR;
+    Tcl_WideInt \fIwideValue\fR;
+} \fBTcl_Value\fR;
+.CE
+.PP
+The \fItype\fR field indicates the type of the argument and is
+one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR.
+It will match the \fIargTypes\fR value specified for the function unless
+the \fIargTypes\fR value was \fBTCL_EITHER\fR. Tcl converts
+the argument supplied in the expression to the type requested in
+\fIargTypes\fR, if that is necessary.
+Depending on the value of the \fItype\fR field, the \fIintValue\fR,
+\fIdoubleValue\fR or \fIwideValue\fR
+field will contain the actual value of the argument.
+.PP
+\fIProc\fR should compute its result and store it either as an integer
+in \fIresultPtr->intValue\fR or as a floating value in
+\fIresultPtr->doubleValue\fR.
+It should set also \fIresultPtr->type\fR to one of
+\fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR
+to indicate which value was set.
+Under normal circumstances \fIproc\fR should return \fBTCL_OK\fR.
+If an error occurs while executing the function, \fIproc\fR should
+return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error message in the interpreter's result.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR retrieves the values associated with
+function \fIname\fR that were passed to a preceding
+\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR call.  Normally, the return code is
+\fBTCL_OK\fR but if the named function does not exist, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
+is returned and an error message is placed in the interpreter's
+result.
+.PP
+If an error did not occur, the array reference placed in the variable
+pointed to by \fIargTypesPtr\fR is newly allocated, and should be
+released by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR.  Some functions (the
+standard set implemented in the core, and those defined by placing
+commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace) do not have
+argument type information; attempting to retrieve values for
+them causes a NULL to be stored in the variable pointed to by
+\fIprocPtr\fR and the variable pointed to by \fIclientDataPtr\fR
+will not be modified.  The variable pointed to by \fInumArgsPointer\fR
+will contain -1, and no argument types will be stored in the variable
+pointed to by \fIargTypesPointer\fR.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR returns a Tcl value containing a list of all
+the math functions defined in the interpreter whose name matches
+\fIpattern\fR.  The returned value has a reference count of zero.
+.SH "REFERENCE COUNT MANAGEMENT"
+.PP
+\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR always returns a zero-reference object, much
+like \fBTcl_NewObj\fR.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+expr(n), info(n), Tcl_CreateObjCommand(3), Tcl_Free(3), Tcl_NewListObj(3)
+.SH KEYWORDS
+expression, mathematical function
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Implementation of the new command: \fIproc\fR will be called whenever
 .AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc2 *proc2 in
 Implementation of the new command: \fIproc2\fR will be called whenever
 \fIcmdName\fR is invoked as a command.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR and \fIdeleteProc\fR.
 .AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in
 Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter;
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ and it returns NULL.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_ObjCmdProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIobjc\fR,
        Tcl_Obj *const \fIobjv\fR[]);
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ result that match the type \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
@@ -185,9 +185,9 @@ except its \fIproc2\fR argument is of type \fBTcl_ObjCmdProc2\fR.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_ObjCmdProc2\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
-        Tcl_Size \fIobjc\fR,
+        size_t \fIobjc\fR,
        Tcl_Obj *const \fIobjv\fR[]);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -224,29 +224,24 @@ pointed to by \fIinfoPtr\fR and returns 1.
 A \fBTcl_CmdInfo\fR structure has the following fields:
 .PP
 .CS
-typedef struct {
+typedef struct Tcl_CmdInfo {
    int \fIisNativeObjectProc\fR;
    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *\fIobjProc\fR;
-    void *\fIobjClientData\fR;
+    ClientData \fIobjClientData\fR;
    Tcl_CmdProc *\fIproc\fR;
-    void *\fIclientData\fR;
+    ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *\fIdeleteProc\fR;
-    void *\fIdeleteData\fR;
+    ClientData \fIdeleteData\fR;
    Tcl_Namespace *\fInamespacePtr\fR;
-    Tcl_ObjCmdProc2 *\fIobjProc2\fR;
-    void *\fIobjClientData2\fR;
 } \fBTcl_CmdInfo\fR;
 .CE
 .PP
-The \fIisNativeObjectProc\fR field has the value 2 if
-\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand2\fR was called to register the command;
-it has the value 1 if \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR was called to
-register the command; it is 0 if only \fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR was called.
+The \fIisNativeObjectProc\fR field has the value 1
+if \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR was called to register the command;
+it is 0 if only \fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR was called.
 It allows a program to determine whether it is faster to
-call \fIobjProc2\fR, \fIobjProc\fR or \fIproc\fR:
-\fIobjProc2\fR/\fIobjProc\fR is normally faster
-if \fIisNativeObjectProc\fR has the value 2;
-\fIobjProc\fR/\fIobjProc\fR is normally faster
+call \fIobjProc\fR or \fIproc\fR:
+\fIobjProc\fR is normally faster
 if \fIisNativeObjectProc\fR has the value 1.
 The fields \fIobjProc\fR and \fIobjClientData\fR
 have the same meaning as the \fIproc\fR and \fIclientData\fR
@@ -262,7 +257,7 @@ otherwise, this is a compatibility procedure
 registered by \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR
 that simply calls the command's
 value-based procedure after converting its string arguments to Tcl values.
-The field \fIdeleteData\fR is the clientData value
+The field \fIdeleteData\fR is the ClientData value
 to pass to \fIdeleteProc\fR;  it is normally the same as
 \fIclientData\fR but may be set independently using the
 \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR procedure.
@@ -276,7 +271,7 @@ from \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR in place of the command name.  If the
 and fills in the structure designated by \fIinfoPtr\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR is used to modify the procedures and
-clientData values associated with a command.
+ClientData values associated with a command.
 Its \fIcmdName\fR argument is the name of a command in \fIinterp\fR.
 \fIcmdName\fR may include \fB::\fR namespace qualifiers
 to identify a command in a particular namespace.
@@ -292,9 +287,9 @@ copies the information from \fI*infoPtr\fR to Tcl's internal structure
 for the command and returns 1.
 .PP
 Note that \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR and
-\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR both allow the clientData for a
+\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR both allow the ClientData for a
 command's deletion procedure to be given a different value than the
-clientData for its command procedure.
+ClientData for its command procedure.
 .PP
 Note that neither \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR nor
 \fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR will change a command's namespace.
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Tcl_TimerToken
 How many milliseconds to wait before invoking \fIproc\fR.
 .AP Tcl_TimerProc *proc in
 Procedure to invoke after \fImilliseconds\fR have elapsed.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .AP Tcl_TimerToken token in
 Token for previously created timer handler (the return value
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ the type \fBTcl_TimerProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_TimerProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Tcl_Trace
 .AS Tcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc *deleteProc
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
 Interpreter containing command to be traced or untraced.
-.AP Tcl_Size level in
+.AP int level in
 Only commands at or below this nesting level will be traced unless
 0 is specified.  1 means
 top-level commands only, 2 means top-level commands or those that are
@@ -88,16 +88,16 @@ typedef int \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR(
 typedef int \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc2\fR(
        \fBvoid *\fR \fIclientData\fR,
        \fBTcl_Interp\fR* \fIinterp\fR,
-        Tcl_Size \fIlevel\fR,
+        size_t \fIlevel\fR,
        const char *\fIcommand\fR,
        \fBTcl_Command\fR \fIcommandToken\fR,
-        Tcl_Size \fIobjc\fR,
+        size_t \fIobjc\fR,
        \fBTcl_Obj\fR *const \fIobjv\fR[]);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters are copies of the
 corresponding arguments given to \fBTcl_CreateTrace\fR.
-\fIclientData\fR typically points to an application-specific data
+\fIClientData\fR typically points to an application-specific data
 structure that describes what to do when \fIobjProc\fR is invoked.  The
 \fIlevel\fR parameter gives the nesting level of the command (1 for
 top-level commands passed to \fBTcl_Eval\fR by the application, 2 for
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult, Tcl_DStringToObj \- manipulate dynamic strings
+Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringTrunc, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult \- manipulate dynamic strings
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ char *
 .sp
 \fBTcl_DStringEndSublist\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
 .sp
-Tcl_Size
+int
 \fBTcl_DStringLength\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
 .sp
 char *
@@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ char *
 .sp
 \fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR(\fIdsPtr, newLength\fR)
 .sp
+\fBTcl_DStringTrunc\fR(\fIdsPtr, newLength\fR)
+.sp
 \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_DStringResult\fR(\fIinterp, dsPtr\fR)
@@ -51,10 +53,10 @@ Pointer to structure that is used to manage a dynamic string.
 Pointer to characters to append to dynamic string.
 .AP "const char" *element in
 Pointer to characters to append as list element to dynamic string.
-.AP Tcl_Size length in
-Number of bytes from \fIbytes\fR to add to dynamic string.  If negative,
+.AP int length in
+Number of bytes from \fIbytes\fR to add to dynamic string.  If -1,
 add all characters up to null terminating character.
-.AP Tcl_Size newLength in
+.AP int newLength in
 New length for dynamic string, not including null terminating
 character.
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
@@ -130,6 +132,10 @@ caller to fill in the new space.
 even if the string is truncated to zero length, so \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR
 will still need to be called.
 .PP
+\fBTcl_DStringTrunc\fR changes the length of a dynamic string.
+This procedure is now deprecated.  \fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR  should
+be used instead.
+.PP
 \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR should be called when you are finished using
 the string.  It frees up any memory that was allocated for the string
 and reinitializes the string's value to an empty string.
@@ -142,8 +148,7 @@ This saves the cost of allocating new memory and copying the string.
 an empty string.
 Since the dynamic string is reinitialized, there is no need to
 further call \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR on it and it can be reused without
-calling \fBTcl_DStringInit\fR. The caller must ensure that the dynamic
-string stored in \fIdsPtr\fR is encoded in Tcl's internal UTF-8 format.
+calling \fBTcl_DStringInit\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_DStringGetResult\fR does the opposite of \fBTcl_DStringResult\fR.
 It sets the value of \fIdsPtr\fR to the result of \fIinterp\fR and
@@ -151,15 +156,15 @@ it clears \fIinterp\fR's result.
 If possible it does this by moving a pointer rather than by copying
 the string.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_DStringToObj\fR returns a \fBTcl_Obj\fR containing the value of the
-dynamic string given by \fIdsPtr\fR. It does this by moving a pointer from
-\fIdsPtr\fR to a newly allocated \fBTcl_Obj\fR and reinitializing to dynamic
-string to an empty string. This saves the cost of allocating new memory and
-copying the string. Since the dynamic string is reinitialized, there is no need
-to further call \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR on it and it can be reused without calling
-\fBTcl_DStringInit\fR. The returned \fBTcl_Obj\fR has a reference count of 0.
-The caller must ensure that the dynamic string stored in \fIdsPtr\fR is encoded
-in Tcl's internal UTF-8 format.
+\fBTcl_DStringToObj\fR returns a \fBTcl_Obj\fR containing the value of
+the dynamic string given by \fIdsPtr\fR.  It does this by moving
+a pointer from \fIdsPtr\fR to a newly allocated \fBTcl_Obj\fR
+and reinitializing to dynamic string to an empty string.
+This saves the cost of allocating new memory and copying the string.
+Since the dynamic string is reinitialized, there is no need to
+further call \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR on it and it can be reused without
+calling \fBTcl_DStringInit\fR.
+The returned \fBTcl_Obj\fR has a reference count of 0.

 .SH KEYWORDS
 append, dynamic string, free, result
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Tcl_Pid
 \fBTcl_WaitPid\fR(\fIpid, statusPtr, options\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Pid *statusPtr out
-.AP Tcl_Size numPids in
+.AP int numPids in
 Number of process ids contained in the array pointed to by \fIpidPtr\fR.
 .AP int *pidPtr in
 Address of array containing \fInumPids\fR process ids.
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Points to a variable that will have the value from a key/value pair
 placed within it.  For \fBTcl_DictObjFirst\fR and
 \fBTcl_DictObjNext\fR, this may be NULL to indicate that the caller is
 not interested in the value.
-.AP "Tcl_Size \&| int" *sizePtr out
+.AP int *sizePtr out
 Points to a variable that will have the number of key/value pairs
 contained within the dictionary placed within it.
 .AP Tcl_DictSearch *searchPtr in/out
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ returned, the search record \fImust\fR be passed to
 Points to a variable that will have a non-zero value written into it
 when the enumeration of the key/value pairs in a dictionary has
 completed, and a zero otherwise.
-.AP Tcl_Size keyc in
+.AP int keyc in
 Indicates the number of keys that will be supplied in the \fIkeyv\fR
 array.
 .AP "Tcl_Obj *const" *keyv in
@@ -138,8 +138,7 @@ converted to a dictionary.
 \fBTcl_DictObjSize\fR updates the given variable with the number of
 key/value pairs currently in the given dictionary. The result of this
 procedure is \fBTCL_OK\fR, or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR if the \fIdictPtr\fR cannot be
-converted to a dictionary or if \fIsizePtr\fR points to a variable of type
-\fBint\fR and the dict contains more than 2**31 key/value pairs.
+converted to a dictionary.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_DictObjFirst\fR commences an iteration across all the key/value
 pairs in the given dictionary, placing the key and value in the
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Tcl_DoWhenIdle, Tcl_CancelIdleCall \- invoke a procedure when there are no pendi
 .AS Tcl_IdleProc clientData
 .AP Tcl_IdleProc *proc in
 Procedure to invoke.
-.AP coid *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ type \fBTcl_IdleProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_IdleProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a copy of the \fIclientData\fR
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ is not defined, these functions are all no-ops.
 \fBTcl_DumpActiveMemory\fR will output a list of all currently
 allocated memory to the specified file.  The information output for
 each allocated block of memory is:  starting and ending addresses
-(excluding guard zone), size, source file where \fBTcl_Alloc\fR was
+(excluding guard zone), size, source file where \fBckalloc\fR was
 called to allocate the block and line number in that file.  It is
 especially useful to call \fBTcl_DumpActiveMemory\fR after the Tcl
 interpreter has been deleted.
@@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ by \fBTcl_Main\fR.
 \fBTcl_ValidateAllMemory\fR forces a validation of the guard zones of
 all currently allocated blocks of memory.  Normally validation of a
 block occurs when its freed, unless full validation is enabled, in
-which case validation of all blocks occurs when \fBTcl_Alloc\fR and
-\fBTcl_Free\fR are called.  This function forces the validation to occur
+which case validation of all blocks occurs when \fBckalloc\fR and
+\fBckfree\fR are called.  This function forces the validation to occur
 at any point.

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDStringEx, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternalDStringEx, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath \- procedures for creating and using encodings
+Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir, Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir \- procedures for creating and using encodings
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -26,13 +26,13 @@ char *
 \fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDString\fR(\fIencoding, src, srcLen, dstPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDStringEx\fR(\fIinterp, encoding, src, srcLen, flags, dstPtr, errorIdxPtr\fR)
+\fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDStringEx\fR(\fIencoding, src, srcLen, flags, dstPtr\fR)
 .sp
 char *
 \fBTcl_UtfToExternalDString\fR(\fIencoding, src, srcLen, dstPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_UtfToExternalDStringEx\fR(\fIinterp, encoding, src, srcLen, flags, dstPtr, errorIdxPtr\fR)
+\fBTcl_UtfToExternalDStringEx\fR(\fIencoding, src, srcLen, flags, dstPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR(\fIinterp, encoding, src, srcLen, flags, statePtr,
@@ -42,10 +42,16 @@ int
 \fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR(\fIinterp, encoding, src, srcLen, flags, statePtr,
                  dst, dstLen, srcReadPtr, dstWrotePtr, dstCharsPtr\fR)
 .sp
+char *
+\fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR(\fItsrc, srcLen, dstPtr\fR)
+.sp
+TCHAR *
+\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR(\fIsrc, srcLen, dstPtr\fR)
+.sp
 const char *
 \fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR(\fIencoding\fR)
 .sp
-Tcl_Size
+int
 \fBTcl_GetEncodingNulLength\fR(\fIencoding\fR)
 .sp
 int
@@ -65,6 +71,12 @@ Tcl_Obj *
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR(\fIsearchPath\fR)
+.sp
+const char *
+\fBTcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir\fR(\fIvoid\fR)
+.sp
+void
+\fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR(\fIpath\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS "const Tcl_EncodingType" *dstWrotePtr in/out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -82,18 +94,18 @@ Points to storage where encoding token is to be written.
 .AP "const char" *src in
 For the \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR functions, an array of bytes in the
 specified encoding that are to be converted to UTF-8.  For the
-\fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR function, an array of
+\fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR and \fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR functions, an array of
 UTF-8 characters to be converted to the specified encoding.
 .AP "const TCHAR" *tsrc in
 An array of Windows TCHAR characters to convert to UTF-8.
-.AP Tcl_Size srcLen in
+.AP int srcLen in
 Length of \fIsrc\fR or \fItsrc\fR in bytes.  If the length is negative, the
 encoding-specific length of the string is used.
 .AP Tcl_DString *dstPtr out
 Pointer to an uninitialized or free \fBTcl_DString\fR in which the converted
 result will be stored.
 .AP int flags in
-This is a bit mask passed in to control the operation of the encoding functions.
+Various flag bits OR-ed together.
 \fBTCL_ENCODING_START\fR signifies that the
 source buffer is the first block in a (potentially multi-block) input
 stream, telling the conversion routine to reset to an initial state and
@@ -101,15 +113,16 @@ perform any initialization that needs to occur before the first byte is
 converted. \fBTCL_ENCODING_END\fR signifies that the source buffer is the last
 block in a (potentially multi-block) input stream, telling the conversion
 routine to perform any finalization that needs to occur after the last
-byte is converted and then to reset to an initial state. The
-\fBTCL_PROFILE_*\fR bits defined in the \fBPROFILES\fR section below
-control the encoding profile to be used for dealing with invalid data or
-other errors in the encoding transform.
-\fBTCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR\fR is present for backward compatibility with
-Tcl 8.6 and forces the encoding profile to \fBstrict\fR.
-
-Some flags bits may not be usable with some functions as noted in the
-function descriptions below.
+byte is converted and then to reset to an initial state.
+\fBTCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR\fR signifies that the conversion routine should
+return immediately upon reading a source character that does not exist in
+the target encoding; otherwise a default fallback character will
+automatically be substituted. The flag \fBTCL_ENCODING_STRICT\fR makes the
+encoder/decoder more strict in what it considers to be an invalid byte
+sequence. The flag \fBTCL_ENCODING_NOCOMPLAIN\fR has
+no effect, it is reserved for Tcl 9.0. The flag \fBTCL_ENCODING_MODIFIED\fR makes
+\fBTcl_UtfToExternalDStringEx\fR and \fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR produce the
+byte sequence \exC0\ex80 in stead of \ex00, for the utf-8/cesu-8 encoders.
 .AP Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr in/out
 Used when converting a (generally long or indefinite length) byte stream
 in a piece-by-piece fashion.  The conversion routine stores its current
@@ -135,9 +148,6 @@ buffer as a result of the conversion.  May be NULL.
 .AP int *dstCharsPtr out
 Filled with the number of characters that correspond to the number of bytes
 stored in the output buffer.  May be NULL.
-.AP Tcl_Size *errorIdxPtr out
-Filled with the index of the byte or character that caused the encoding transform
-to fail. May be NULL.
 .AP Tcl_DString *bufPtr out
 Storage for the prescribed system encoding name.
 .AP "const Tcl_EncodingType" *typePtr in
@@ -212,26 +222,10 @@ When converting, if any of the characters in the source buffer cannot be
 represented in the target encoding, a default fallback character will be
 used.  The return value is a pointer to the value stored in the DString.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDStringEx\fR is a more flexible version of older
-\fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDString\fR function. It takes three additional parameters,
-\fBinterp\fR, \fBflags\fR and \fBerrorIdxPtr\fR. The \fBflags\fR parameter may
-be used to specify the profile to be used for the transform. The
-\fBTCL_ENCODING_START\fR and \fBTCL_ENCODING_END\fR bits in \fBflags\fR are
-ignored as the function assumes the entire source string to be decoded is passed
-into the function. On success, the function returns \fBTCL_OK\fR with the
-converted string stored in \fB*dstPtr\fR. For errors \fIother than conversion
-errors\fR, such as invalid flags, the function returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR with an error
-message in \fBinterp\fR if it is not NULL.
-For conversion errors, \fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDStringEx\fR returns one
-of the \fBTCL_CONVERT_*\fR errors listed below for \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR.
-When one of these conversion errors is returned, an error message is
-stored in \fBinterp\fR only if \fBerrorIdxPtr\fR is NULL. Otherwise, no error message
-is stored as the function expects the caller is interested the decoded data
-up to that point and not treating this as an immediate error condition.
-The index of the error location is stored in \fB*errorIdxPtr\fR.
-.PP
-The caller must call \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR to free up the \fB*dstPtr\fR resources
-irrespective of the return value from the function.
+\fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDStringEx\fR is the same as \fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDString\fR,
+but it has an additional flags parameter.  The return value is the index of
+the first byte in the input string causing a conversion error.
+Or TCL_INDEX_NONE if all is OK.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR converts a source buffer \fIsrc\fR from the specified
 \fIencoding\fR into UTF-8.  Up to \fIsrcLen\fR bytes are converted from the
@@ -254,12 +248,12 @@ the unconverted bytes that remained in \fIsrc\fR plus some further bytes
 from the source stream to properly convert the formerly split-up multibyte
 sequence.
 .IP \fBTCL_CONVERT_SYNTAX\fR 29
-The source buffer contained an invalid byte or character sequence.  This may occur
+The source buffer contained an invalid character sequence.  This may occur
 if the input stream has been damaged or if the input encoding method was
 misidentified.
 .IP \fBTCL_CONVERT_UNKNOWN\fR 29
 The source buffer contained a character that could not be represented in
-the target encoding.
+the target encoding and \fBTCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR\fR was specified.
 .RE
 .LP
 \fBTcl_UtfToExternalDString\fR converts a source buffer \fIsrc\fR from UTF-8
@@ -271,14 +265,10 @@ characters in the source buffer cannot be represented in the target
 encoding, a default fallback character will be used.  The return value is
 a pointer to the value stored in the DString.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_UtfToExternalDStringEx\fR is an enhanced version of
-\fBTcl_UtfToExternalDString\fR that transforms UTF-8 encoded source data to a specified
-\fIencoding\fR. Except for the direction of the transform, the parameters and
-return values are identical to those of \fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDStringEx\fR. See
-that function above for details about the same.
-
-Irrespective of the return code from the function, the caller must free
-resources associated with \fB*dstPtr\fR when the function returns.
+\fBTcl_UtfToExternalDStringEx\fR is the same as \fBTcl_UtfToExternalDString\fR,
+but it has an additional flags parameter.  The return value is the index of
+the first byte of an utf-8 byte-sequence in the input string causing a
+conversion error. Or TCL_INDEX_NONE if all is OK.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR converts a source buffer \fIsrc\fR from UTF-8 into
 the specified \fIencoding\fR.  Up to \fIsrcLen\fR bytes are converted from
@@ -289,6 +279,18 @@ is filled with the corresponding number of bytes that were stored in
 \fIdst\fR.  The return values are the same as the return values for
 \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR.
 .PP
+\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR and \fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR are Windows-only
+convenience functions for converting between UTF-8 and Windows strings
+based on the TCHAR type which is by convention a Unicode character on
+Windows NT. Those functions are deprecated. You can use
+\fBTcl_UtfToWCharDString\fR resp. \fBTcl_WCharToUtfDString\fR as replacement.
+If you want compatibility with earlier Tcl releases than 8.7, use
+\fBTcl_UtfToUniCharDString\fR resp. \fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR as
+replacement, and make sure you compile your extension with -DTCL_UTF_MAX=3.
+Beware: Those replacement functions don't initialize their Tcl_DString (you'll
+have to do that yourself), and \fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR from Tcl 8.6
+doesn't accept -1 as length parameter.
+.PP
 \fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is roughly the inverse of \fBTcl_GetEncoding\fR.
 Given an \fIencoding\fR, the return value is the \fIname\fR argument that
 was used to create the encoding.  The string returned by
@@ -318,7 +320,7 @@ the encoding name to it.  The \fBTcl_DStringValue\fR is returned.
 \fBTcl_GetEncodingNames\fR sets the \fIinterp\fR result to a list
 consisting of the names of all the encodings that are currently defined
 or can be dynamically loaded, searching the encoding path specified by
-\fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR.  This procedure does not ensure that the
+\fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR.  This procedure does not ensure that the
 dynamically-loadable encoding files contain valid data, but merely that they
 exist.
 .PP
@@ -346,7 +348,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_EncodingType {
    Tcl_EncodingConvertProc *\fIfromUtfProc\fR;
    Tcl_EncodingFreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR;
    void *\fIclientData\fR;
-    Tcl_Size \fInullSize\fR;
+    int \fInullSize\fR;
 } \fBTcl_EncodingType\fR;
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -433,6 +435,15 @@ are not verified as existing readable filesystem directories.  When
 searching for encoding data files takes place, and non-existent or
 non-readable filesystem directories on the \fIsearchPath\fR are silently
 ignored.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir\fR and \fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR
+are obsolete interfaces best replaced with calls to
+\fBTcl_GetEncodingSearchPath\fR and \fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR.
+They are called to access and set the first element of the \fIsearchPath\fR
+list.  Since Tcl searches \fIsearchPath\fR for encoding data files in
+list order, these routines establish the
+.QW default
+directory in which to find encoding data files.
 .SH "ENCODING FILES"
 Space would prohibit precompiling into Tcl every possible encoding
 algorithm, so many encodings are stored on disk as dynamically-loadable
@@ -546,13 +557,13 @@ encoding:
 E
 init		{}
 final		{}
-iso8859-1	\ex1B(B
-jis0201		\ex1B(J
-jis0208		\ex1B$@
-jis0208		\ex1B$B
-jis0212		\ex1B$(D
-gb2312		\ex1B$A
-ksc5601		\ex1B$(C
+iso8859-1	\ex1b(B
+jis0201		\ex1b(J
+jis0208		\ex1b$@
+jis0208		\ex1b$B
+jis0212		\ex1b$(D
+gb2312		\ex1b$A
+ksc5601		\ex1b$(C
 .CE
 .PP
 In the file, the first column represents an option and the second column
@@ -564,7 +575,7 @@ marks that encoding.  Tcl syntax is used for the values; in the above
 example, for instance,
 .QW \fB{}\fR
 represents the empty string and
-.QW \fB\ex1B\fR
+.QW \fB\ex1b\fR
 represents character 27.
 .PP
 When \fBTcl_GetEncoding\fR encounters an encoding \fIname\fR that has not
@@ -581,18 +592,6 @@ to the object, it will be deleted.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetEncodingSearchPath\fR returns an object with a reference count of at
 least 1.
-.SH "PROFILES"
-Encoding profiles define the manner in which errors in the encoding transforms
-are handled by the encoding functions. An application can specify the profile
-to be used by OR-ing the \fBflags\fR parameter passed to the function
-with at most one of \fBTCL_ENCODING_PROFILE_TCL8\fR,
-\fBTCL_ENCODING_PROFILE_STRICT\fR or \fBTCL_ENCODING_PROFILE_REPLACE\fR.
-These correspond to the \fBtcl8\fR, \fBstrict\fR and \fBreplace\fR profiles
-respectively. If none are specified, a version-dependent default profile is used.
-For Tcl 9.0, the default profile is \fBtcl8\fR.
-.PP
-For details about profiles, see the \fBPROFILES\fR section in
-the documentation of the \fBencoding\fR command.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 encoding(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -69,14 +69,14 @@ The name of the ensemble command to be created.
 The namespace to which the ensemble command is to be bound, or NULL
 for the current namespace.
 .AP int ensFlags in
-An OR'ed set of flag bits describing the basic configuration of the
+An ORed set of flag bits describing the basic configuration of the
 ensemble. Currently only one bit has meaning, \fBTCL_ENSEMBLE_PREFIX\fR,
 which is present when the ensemble command should also match
 unambiguous prefixes of subcommands.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *cmdNameObj in
 A value holding the name of the ensemble command to look up.
 .AP int flags in
-An OR'ed set of flag bits controlling the behavior of
+An ORed set of flag bits controlling the behavior of
 \fBTcl_FindEnsemble\fR. Currently only \fBTCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG\fR is supported.
 .AP Tcl_Command token in
 A normal command token that refers to an ensemble command, or which
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval \- execute Tcl scripts
+Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval, Tcl_VarEvalVA \- execute Tcl scripts
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -38,6 +38,9 @@ int
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_VarEval\fR(\fIinterp, part, part, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
+.sp
+int
+\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp **termPtr
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -46,11 +49,11 @@ modified to hold the result or error message from the script.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
 A Tcl value containing the script to execute.
 .AP int flags in
-OR'ed combination of flag bits that specify additional options.
+ORed combination of flag bits that specify additional options.
 \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR and \fBTCL_EVAL_DIRECT\fR are currently supported.
 .AP "const char" *fileName in
 Name of a file containing a Tcl script.
-.AP Tcl_Size objc in
+.AP int objc in
 The number of values in the array pointed to by \fIobjv\fR;
 this is also the number of words in the command.
 .AP Tcl_Obj **objv in
@@ -64,6 +67,9 @@ first null byte are used.
 Points to first byte of script to execute (null-terminated and UTF-8).
 .AP "const char" *part in
 String forming part of a Tcl script.
+.AP va_list argList in
+An argument list which must have been initialized using
+\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
 .BE

 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -101,7 +107,7 @@ in code for string comparison, you can use
 which will be safely substituted by the Tcl interpreter into
 .QW ^Z .
 .PP
-\fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR executes a single preparsed command instead of a
+\fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR executes a single pre-parsed command instead of a
 script.  The \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR arguments contain the values
 of the words for the Tcl command, one word in each value in
 \fIobjv\fR.  \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR evaluates the command and returns
@@ -120,10 +126,16 @@ might be a UTF-8 special code.  The string is parsed and executed directly
 bytecodes.  In situations where it is known that the script will never be
 executed again, \fBTcl_Eval\fR may be faster than \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
 \fBTcl_Eval\fR returns a completion code and result just like
-\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
+\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.  Note: for backward compatibility with versions before
+Tcl 8.0, \fBTcl_Eval\fR copies the value result in \fIinterp\fR to
+\fIinterp->result\fR (use is deprecated) where it can be accessed directly.
+ This makes \fBTcl_Eval\fR somewhat slower than \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR, which
+does not do the copy.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is an extended version of \fBTcl_Eval\fR that takes
-additional arguments \fInumBytes\fR and \fIflags\fR.
+additional arguments \fInumBytes\fR and \fIflags\fR.  For the
+efficiency reason given above, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is generally preferred
+over \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR and \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR are older procedures
 that are now deprecated.  They are similar to \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR and
@@ -139,10 +151,15 @@ It returns the result of the command and also modifies
 the interpreter result in the same way as \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
 The last argument to \fBTcl_VarEval\fR must be NULL to indicate the end
 of arguments.  \fBTcl_VarEval\fR is now deprecated.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_VarEval\fR except that
+instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument
+list. Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be nonportable
+in practice. This function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.

 .SH "FLAG BITS"
 .PP
-Any OR'ed combination of the following values may be used for the
+Any ORed combination of the following values may be used for the
 \fIflags\fR argument to procedures such as \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR:
 .TP 23
 \fBTCL_EVAL_DIRECT\fR
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ usually means that an error occurred.
 Procedure to invoke before exiting application, or (for
 \fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR) NULL to uninstall the current application exit
 procedure.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .BE

@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ otherwise causes the application to terminate without calling
 returns control to its caller.
 If an application exit handler has been installed (see
 \fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR), that handler is invoked with an argument
-consisting of the exit status (cast to void *); the application
+consisting of the exit status (cast to ClientData); the application
 exit handler should not return control to Tcl.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_Finalize\fR is similar to \fBTcl_Exit\fR except that it does not
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ and freeing global memory.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_ExitProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a
@@ -133,9 +133,10 @@ installed, that exit handler takes over complete responsibility for
 finalization of Tcl's subsystems via \fBTcl_Finalize\fR at an
 appropriate time.  The argument passed to \fIproc\fR when it is
 invoked will be the exit status code (as passed to \fBTcl_Exit\fR)
-cast to a void *value.
+cast to a ClientData value.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions.
+\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
+entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 exit(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ int
 int
 \fBTcl_FSUnregister\fR(\fIfsPtr\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_FSData\fR(\fIfsPtr\fR)
 .sp
 void
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Tcl_Obj *
 int
 \fBTcl_FSConvertToPathType\fR(\fIinterp, pathPtr\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_FSGetInternalRep\fR(\fIpathPtr, fsPtr\fR)
 .sp
 Tcl_Obj *
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ this structure will be returned. This parameter may be NULL.
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
 Interpreter to use either for results, evaluation, or reporting error
 messages.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 The native description of the path value to create.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *firstPtr in
 The first of two path values to compare. The value may be converted
@@ -220,8 +220,8 @@ The second of two path values to compare. The value may be converted
 to \fBpath\fR type.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *listObj in
 The list of path elements to operate on with a \fBjoin\fR operation.
-.AP Tcl_Size elements in
-The number of elements in the \fIlistObj\fR which should
+.AP int elements in
+If non-negative, the number of elements in the \fIlistObj\fR which should
 be joined together. If negative, then all elements are joined.
 .AP Tcl_Obj **errorPtr out
 In the case of an error, filled with a value containing the name of
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ The value to set in the operation.
 .AP Tcl_Obj **objPtrRef out
 Filled with a value containing the result of the operation.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *resultPtr out
-Preallocated value in which to store (using
+Pre-allocated value in which to store (using
 \fBTcl_ListObjAppendElement\fR) the list of
 files or directories which are successfully matched.
 .AP int mode in
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Name of a procedure to look up in the file's symbol table
 Filled with the init function for this code.
 .AP Tcl_LibraryInitProc **proc2Ptr out
 Filled with the safe-init function for this code.
-.AP void **clientDataPtr out
+.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
 Filled with the clientData value to pass to this code's unload
 function when it is called.
 .AP Tcl_LoadHandle *loadHandlePtr out
@@ -269,11 +269,11 @@ allowed for the \fImode\fR argument to the Tcl \fBopen\fR command.
 .AP int permissions in
 POSIX-style permission flags such as 0644. If a new file is created, these
 permissions will be set on the created file.
-.AP "Tcl_Size \&| int" *lenPtr out
+.AP int *lenPtr out
 If non-NULL, filled with the number of elements in the split path.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *basePtr in
 The base path on to which to join the given elements. May be NULL.
-.AP Tcl_Size objc in
+.AP int objc in
 The number of elements in \fIobjv\fR.
 .AP "Tcl_Obj *const" objv[] in
 The elements to join to the given base path.
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ is a Tcl_Obj specifying the contents of the symbolic link given by
 by the caller, which should call \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR when the result is no
 longer needed. If the \fItoPtr\fR is not NULL, Tcl should create a link
 of one of the types passed in in the \fIlinkAction\fR flag. This flag is
-an OR'ed combination of \fBTCL_CREATE_SYMBOLIC_LINK\fR and \fBTCL_CREATE_HARD_LINK\fR.
+an ORed combination of \fBTCL_CREATE_SYMBOLIC_LINK\fR and \fBTCL_CREATE_HARD_LINK\fR.
 Where a choice exists (i.e.\ more than one flag is passed in), the Tcl
 convention is to prefer symbolic links. When a link is successfully
 created, the return value should be \fItoPtr\fR (which is therefore
@@ -678,6 +678,11 @@ of zero, they will be freed when this function returns.
 \fBTcl_FSConvertToPathType\fR tries to convert the given Tcl_Obj to a valid
 Tcl path type, taking account of the fact that the cwd may have changed
 even if this value is already supposedly of the correct type.
+The filename may begin with
+.QW ~
+(to indicate current user's home directory) or
+.QW ~<user>
+(to indicate any user's home directory).
 .PP
 If the conversion succeeds (i.e.\ the value is a valid path in one of
 the current filesystems), then \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned. Otherwise
@@ -699,7 +704,14 @@ from the given Tcl_Obj.
 .PP
 If the translation succeeds (i.e.\ the value is a valid path), then it is
 returned. Otherwise NULL will be returned, and an error message may be
-left in the interpreter. The value returned is owned by the
+left in the interpreter. A
+.QW translated
+path is one which contains no
+.QW ~
+or
+.QW ~user
+sequences (these have been expanded to their current
+representation in the filesystem). The value returned is owned by the
 caller, which must store it or call \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR to ensure memory is
 freed. This function is of little practical use, and
 \fBTcl_FSGetNormalizedPath\fR or \fBTcl_FSGetNativePath\fR are usually
@@ -708,7 +720,7 @@ better functions to use for most purposes.
 \fBTcl_FSGetTranslatedStringPath\fR does the same as
 \fBTcl_FSGetTranslatedPath\fR, but returns a character string or NULL.
 The string returned is dynamically allocated and owned by the caller,
-which must store it or call \fBTcl_Free\fR to ensure it is freed. Again,
+which must store it or call \fBckfree\fR to ensure it is freed. Again,
 \fBTcl_FSGetNormalizedPath\fR or \fBTcl_FSGetNativePath\fR are usually
 better functions to use for most purposes.
 .PP
@@ -775,7 +787,7 @@ It returns one of \fBTCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE\fR, \fBTCL_PATH_RELATIVE\fR, or
 .SS "PORTABLE STAT RESULT API"
 .PP
 \fBTcl_AllocStatBuf\fR allocates a \fITcl_StatBuf\fR on the system heap (which
-may be deallocated by being passed to \fBTcl_Free\fR). This allows extensions to
+may be deallocated by being passed to \fBckfree\fR). This allows extensions to
 invoke \fBTcl_FSStat\fR and \fBTcl_FSLstat\fR without being dependent on the
 size of the buffer. That in turn depends on the flags used to build Tcl.
 .PP
@@ -823,7 +835,7 @@ general that is not a good thing to do). \fBTCL_OK\fR will be returned.
 the list of known filesystems, if it is known, and returns \fBTCL_OK\fR. If
 the filesystem is not currently registered, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_FSData\fR will return the clientData associated with the given
+\fBTcl_FSData\fR will return the ClientData associated with the given
 filesystem, if that filesystem is registered. Otherwise it will
 return NULL.
 .PP
@@ -838,7 +850,7 @@ The \fBTcl_Filesystem\fR structure contains the following fields:
 .CS
 typedef struct Tcl_Filesystem {
    const char *\fItypeName\fR;
-    Tcl_Size \fIstructureLength\fR;
+    int \fIstructureLength\fR;
    Tcl_FSVersion \fIversion\fR;
    Tcl_FSPathInFilesystemProc *\fIpathInFilesystemProc\fR;
    Tcl_FSDupInternalRepProc *\fIdupInternalRepProc\fR;
@@ -1000,7 +1012,7 @@ Tcl's internal list of known filesystems.
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_FSPathInFilesystemProc\fR(
        Tcl_Obj *\fIpathPtr\fR,
-        void **\fIclientDataPtr\fR);
+        ClientData *\fIclientDataPtr\fR);
 .CE
 .SS DUPINTERNALREPPROC
 .PP
@@ -1010,8 +1022,8 @@ simply not copy the internal representation, which may then need to be
 regenerated later.
 .PP
 .CS
-typedef void *\fBTcl_FSDupInternalRepProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+typedef ClientData \fBTcl_FSDupInternalRepProc\fR(
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .SS FREEINTERNALREPPROC
 Free the internal representation. This must be implemented if internal
@@ -1020,7 +1032,7 @@ internal representation is generated), but may otherwise be NULL.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_FSFreeInternalRepProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .SS INTERNALTONORMALIZEDPROC
 .PP
@@ -1031,7 +1043,7 @@ representation is the normalized path.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef Tcl_Obj *\fBTcl_FSInternalToNormalizedProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .SS CREATEINTERNALREPPROC
 .PP
@@ -1042,7 +1054,7 @@ the \fITcl_FSPathInFilesystemProc\fR for this filesystem always
 immediately creates an internal representation for paths it accepts.
 .PP
 .CS
-typedef void *\fBTcl_FSCreateInternalRepProc\fR(
+typedef ClientData \fBTcl_FSCreateInternalRepProc\fR(
        Tcl_Obj *\fIpathPtr\fR);
 .CE
 .SS NORMALIZEPATHPROC
@@ -1056,7 +1068,9 @@ must have a single unique
 string representation. Depending on the filesystem,
 there may be more than one unnormalized string representation which
 refers to that path (e.g.\ a relative path, a path with different
-character case if the filesystem is case insensitive,
+character case if the filesystem is case insensitive, a path contain a
+reference to a home directory such as
+.QW ~ ,
 a path containing symbolic
 links, etc). If the very last component in the path is a symbolic
 link, it should not be converted into the value it points to (but
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ Tcl.  For example, it is needed on some platforms in the
 implementation of the \fBload\fR command.
 It is also returned by the \fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR command.
 .PP
-The result of \fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR is the full Tcl version with
-build information (e.g., \fB9.0.0+abcdef...abcdef.gcc-1002\fR).
+The result of \fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR is the full Tcl version (e.g.,
+\fB8.7.0+abcdef...abcdef.gcc-1002.utf16\fR).
 .PP
 On UNIX platforms this procedure is typically invoked as the very
 first thing in the application's main program;  it must be passed
@@ -62,6 +62,7 @@ equivalent to the \fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR command.  NULL
 is returned if the internal full path name has not been
 computed or unknown.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions.
+\fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
+entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
 .SH KEYWORDS
 binary, executable file
@@ -71,9 +71,12 @@ if the first such characters are
 then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in octal form;  otherwise,
 if the first such characters are
 .QW \fB0b\fR
+then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in binary form;  otherwise,
+if the first such character is
+.QW \fB0\fR
 then \fIsrc\fR
-is expected to be in binary form;  otherwise, \fIsrc\fR is
-expected to be in decimal form.
+is expected to be in octal form;  otherwise, \fIsrc\fR
+is expected to be in decimal form.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetDouble\fR expects \fIsrc\fR to consist of a floating-point
 number, which is:  white space;  a sign; a sequence of digits;  a
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ be used for reading.
 .AP int checkUsage in
 If non-zero, then an error will be generated if the file was not opened
 for the access indicated by \fIwrite\fR.
-.AP void **filePtr out
+.AP ClientData *filePtr out
 Points to word in which to store pointer to FILE structure for
 the file given by \fIchanID\fR.
 .BE
@@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ Pointer to handler function replacing \fBTcl_GetTime\fR's access to the OS.
 .AP Tcl_ScaleTimeProc scaleProc in
 Pointer to handler function for the conversion of time delays in the
 virtual domain to real-time.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Value passed through to the two handler functions.
 .AP Tcl_GetTimeProc *getProcPtr out
 Pointer to place the currently registered get handler function into.
 .AP Tcl_ScaleTimeProc *scaleProcPtr out
 Pointer to place the currently registered scale handler function into.
-.AP void **clientDataPtr out
+.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
 Pointer to place the currently registered pass-through value into.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ The signatures of the handler functions are as follows:
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_GetTimeProc\fR(
        Tcl_Time *\fItimebuf\fR,
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 typedef void \fBTcl_ScaleTimeProc\fR(
        Tcl_Time *\fItimebuf\fR,
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fItimebuf\fR fields contain the time to manipulate, and the
@@ -15,13 +15,14 @@ Tcl_GetVersion \- get the version of the library at runtime
 .sp
 \fBTcl_GetVersion\fR(\fImajor, minor, patchLevel, type\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
+.AS Tcl_ReleaseType *patchLevel out
 .AP int *major out
 Major version number of the Tcl library.
 .AP int *minor out
 Minor version number of the Tcl library.
 .AP int *patchLevel out
 The patch level of the Tcl library (or alpha or beta number).
-.AP int *type out
+.AP Tcl_ReleaseType *type out
 The type of release, also indicates the type of patch level. Can be
 one of \fBTCL_ALPHA_RELEASE\fR, \fBTCL_BETA_RELEASE\fR, or
 \fBTCL_FINAL_RELEASE\fR.
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Tcl_HashEntry *
 Tcl_HashEntry *
 \fBTcl_FindHashEntry\fR(\fItablePtr, key\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_GetHashValue\fR(\fIentryPtr\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_SetHashValue\fR(\fIentryPtr, value\fR)
@@ -66,8 +66,9 @@ The word at \fI*newPtr\fR is set to 1 if a new entry was created
 and 0 if there was already an entry for \fIkey\fR.
 .AP Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr in
 Pointer to hash table entry.
-.AP void *value in
-New value to assign to hash table entry.
+.AP ClientData value in
+New value to assign to hash table entry.  Need not have type
+ClientData, but must fit in same space as ClientData.
 .AP Tcl_HashSearch *searchPtr in
 Pointer to record to use to keep track of progress in enumerating
 all the entries in a hash table.
@@ -185,6 +186,11 @@ instead, it returns NULL as result.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetHashValue\fR and \fBTcl_SetHashValue\fR are used to
 read and write an entry's value, respectively.
+Values are stored and retrieved as type
+.QW ClientData ,
+which is
+large enough to hold a pointer value.  On almost all machines this is
+large enough to hold an integer value too.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetHashKey\fR returns the key for a given hash table entry,
 either as a pointer to a string, a one-word
@@ -223,7 +229,7 @@ overall information about a hash table, such as the number of
 entries it contains, the number of buckets in its hash array,
 and the utilization of the buckets.
 It is the caller's responsibility to free the result string
-by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR.
+by passing it to \fBckfree\fR.
 .PP
 The header file \fBtcl.h\fR defines the actual data structures
 used to implement hash tables.
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation.
 '\" All rights reserved.
 '\"
-.TH Tcl_Init 3 9.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.TH Tcl_Init 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
@@ -39,10 +39,6 @@ The pre-initialization script is executed by \fBTcl_Init\fR before accessing
 the file system. The purpose is to typically prepare a custom file system
 (like an embedded zip-file) to be activated before the search.

-When used in stub-enabled embedders, the stubs table must be first initialized
-using one of \fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR, \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR, \fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR
-or \fBTclZipfs_AppHook\fR before \fBTcl_SetPreInitScript\fR may be called.
-
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_AppInit, Tcl_Main

@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ Define the \fBUSE_TCL_STUBS\fR symbol.  Typically, you would include the
 \fB\-DUSE_TCL_STUBS\fR flag when compiling the extension.
 .IP 3) 5
 Link the extension with the Tcl stubs library instead of the standard
-Tcl library.  For example, to use the Tcl 9.0 ABI on Unix platforms,
-the library name is \fIlibtclstub9.0.a\fR; on Windows platforms, the
-library name is \fItclstub90.lib\fR.
+Tcl library.  For example, to use the Tcl 8.6 ABI on Unix platforms,
+the library name is \fIlibtclstub8.6.a\fR; on Windows platforms, the
+library name is \fItclstub86.lib\fR.
 .PP
 If the extension also requires the Tk API, it must also call
 \fBTk_InitStubs\fR to initialize the Tk stubs interface and link
@@ -21,14 +21,14 @@ The \fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR procedure initializes the Tcl
 library. This procedure is typically invoked as the very
 first thing in the application's main program.
 .PP
-The result of \fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR is the full Tcl version with
-build information (e.g., \fB9.0.0+abcdef...abcdef.gcc-1002\fR).
+The result of \fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR is the full Tcl version (e.g.,
+\fB8.7.0+abcdef...abcdef.gcc-1002.utf16\fR).
 .PP
 \fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR is very similar in use to
 \fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR. It can be used when Tcl is
-used as utility library, no other encodings than utf-8,
+used as utility library, no other encodings than utf8,
 iso8859-1 or utf-16 are used, and no interest exists in the
 value of \fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR. The system encoding will not
-be extracted from the environment, but falls back to utf-8.
+be extracted from the environment, but falls back to iso8859-1.
 .SH KEYWORDS
 binary, executable file
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ int
 \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, intPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_GetIntForIndex\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, endValue, indexPtr\fR)
+\fBTcl_GetIntForIndex\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, endValue, intPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, longPtr\fR)
@@ -43,9 +43,6 @@ int
 int
 \fBTcl_GetWideUIntFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, uwidePtr\fR)
 .sp
-int
-\fBTcl_GetSizeIntFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, sizePtr\fR)
-.sp
 .sp
 \fB#include <tclTomMath.h>\fR
 .sp
@@ -64,7 +61,7 @@ int
 \fBTcl_InitBignumFromDouble\fR(\fIinterp, doubleValue, bigValue\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_WideInt doubleValue in/out
-.AP Tcl_Size endValue in
+.AP int endValue in
 \fBTcl_GetIntForIndex\fR will return this when the input value is "end".
 .AP int intValue in
 Integer value used to initialize or set a Tcl value.
@@ -86,14 +83,10 @@ retrieval fails.
 Points to place to store the integer value retrieved from \fIobjPtr\fR.
 .AP long *longPtr out
 Points to place to store the long integer value retrieved from \fIobjPtr\fR.
-.AP Tcl_Size *indexPtr out
-Points to place to store the Tcl_Size value retrieved from \fIobjPtr\fR.
 .AP Tcl_WideInt *widePtr out
 Points to place to store the wide integer value retrieved from \fIobjPtr\fR.
 .AP Tcl_WideUInt *uwidePtr out
 Points to place to store the unsigned wide integer value retrieved from \fIobjPtr\fR.
-.AP Tcl_Size *sizePtr out
-Points to place to store the \fBTcl_Size\fR integer value retrieved from \fIobjPtr\fR.
 .AP mp_int *bigValue in/out
 Points to a multi-precision integer structure declared by the LibTomMath
 library.
@@ -143,8 +136,7 @@ of \fIobjPtr\fR may be changed to make subsequent calls to the
 same routine more efficient.
 .PP
 The \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR, \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR,
-\fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR, \fBTcl_GetSizeIntFromObj\fR,
-\fBTcl_GetBignumFromObj\fR, and
+\fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR, \fBTcl_GetBignumFromObj\fR, and
 \fBTcl_TakeBignumFromObj\fR routines attempt to retrieve an integral
 value of the appropriate type from the Tcl value \fIobjPtr\fR.  If the
 attempt succeeds, then \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned, and the value is
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH Tcl_Interp 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.so man.macros
+.BS
+.SH NAME
+Tcl_Interp \- client-visible fields of interpreter structures
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
+.sp
+typedef struct {
+    char *\fIresult\fR;			/* NO LONGER AVAILABLE */
+    Tcl_FreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR;	/* NO LONGER AVAILABLE */
+    int \fIerrorLine\fR;		/* NO LONGER AVAILABLE */
+} \fBTcl_Interp\fR;
+
+typedef void \fBTcl_FreeProc\fR(
+        char *\fIblockPtr\fR);
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+The \fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR procedure returns a pointer to a \fBTcl_Interp\fR
+structure.  Callers of \fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR should use this pointer
+as an opaque token, suitable for nothing other than passing back to
+other routines in the Tcl interface from the same thread that called
+\fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR.  The \fBTcl_Interp\fR struct no longer has any
+supported client-visible fields.  Supported public routines such as
+\fBTcl_SetResult\fR, \fBTcl_GetResult\fR, \fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR,
+\fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR must be used instead.
+.PP
+Any legacy programs and extensions trying to access the fields above
+in their source code will need conversion to compile for Tcl 8.7 and later.
+
+.SH KEYWORDS
+interpreter, result
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ its limits checked.
 .AP int type in
 The type of limit that the operation refers to.  This must be either
 \fBTCL_LIMIT_COMMANDS\fR or \fBTCL_LIMIT_TIME\fR.
-.AP Tcl_Size commandLimit in
+.AP int commandLimit in
 The maximum number of commands (as reported by \fBinfo cmdcount\fR)
 that may be executed in the interpreter.
 .AP Tcl_Time *timeLimitPtr in/out
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ the handler returns.  Many handlers may be attached to the same
 interpreter limit; their order of execution is not defined, and they
 must be identified by \fIhandlerProc\fR and \fIclientData\fR when they
 are deleted.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary pointer-sized word used to pass some context to the
 \fIhandlerProc\fR function.
 .AP Tcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc *deleteProc in
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ following prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_LimitHandlerProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ following prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 A limit handler may be deleted using \fBTcl_LimitRemoveHandler\fR; the
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ In \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR, the additional linked types \fBTCL_LINK_CHARS\fR and
 All the above for both functions may be
 optionally OR'ed with \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR to make the Tcl
 variable read-only.
-.AP Tcl_Size size in
+.AP int size in
 .VS "TIP 312"
 The number of elements in the C array. Must be greater than zero.
 .VE "TIP 312"
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Tcl errors.
 .
 The C variable is of type \fBchar *\fR.
 If its value is not NULL then it must be a pointer to a string
-allocated with \fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
+allocated with \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or \fBckalloc\fR.
 Whenever the Tcl variable is modified the current C string will be
 freed and new memory will be allocated to hold a copy of the variable's
 new value.
@@ -59,13 +59,13 @@ points to the Tcl value that will be appended to \fIlistPtr\fR.
 For \fBTcl_SetListObj\fR,
 this points to the Tcl value that will be converted to a list value
 containing the \fIobjc\fR elements of the array referenced by \fIobjv\fR.
-.AP "Tcl_Size \&| int" *objcPtr in
+.AP int *objcPtr in
 Points to location where \fBTcl_ListObjGetElements\fR
 stores the number of element values in \fIlistPtr\fR.
 .AP Tcl_Obj ***objvPtr out
 A location where \fBTcl_ListObjGetElements\fR stores a pointer to an array
 of pointers to the element values of \fIlistPtr\fR.
-.AP Tcl_Size objc in
+.AP int objc in
 The number of Tcl values that \fBTcl_NewListObj\fR
 will insert into a new list value,
 and \fBTcl_ListObjReplace\fR will insert into \fIlistPtr\fR.
@@ -76,21 +76,21 @@ An array of pointers to values.
 \fBTcl_NewListObj\fR will insert these values into a new list value
 and \fBTcl_ListObjReplace\fR will insert them into an existing \fIlistPtr\fR.
 Each value will become a separate list element.
-.AP "Tcl_Size \&| int" *lengthPtr out
+.AP int *lengthPtr out
 Points to location where \fBTcl_ListObjLength\fR
 stores the length of the list.
-.AP Tcl_Size index in
+.AP int index in
 Index of the list element that \fBTcl_ListObjIndex\fR
 is to return.
 The first element has index 0.
 .AP Tcl_Obj **objPtrPtr out
 Points to place where \fBTcl_ListObjIndex\fR is to store
 a pointer to the resulting list element value.
-.AP Tcl_Size first in
+.AP int first in
 Index of the starting list element that \fBTcl_ListObjReplace\fR
 is to replace.
 The list's first element has index 0.
-.AP Tcl_Size count in
+.AP int count in
 The number of elements that \fBTcl_ListObjReplace\fR
 is to replace.
 .BE
@@ -153,9 +153,7 @@ address \fIobjcPtr\fR.  Similarly, it returns the array pointer by storing
 it in the address \fIobjvPtr\fR.
 The memory pointed to is managed by Tcl and should not be freed or written
 to by the caller. If the list is empty, 0 is stored at \fIobjcPtr\fR
-and NULL at \fIobjvPtr\fR. If \fIobjcPtr\fR points to a variable
-of type \fBint\fR and the list contains more than 2**31 elements, the
-function returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.
+and NULL at \fIobjvPtr\fR.
 If \fIlistPtr\fR is not already a list value, \fBTcl_ListObjGetElements\fR
 will attempt to convert it to one; if the conversion fails, it returns
 \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message in the interpreter's result
@@ -164,9 +162,7 @@ Otherwise it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR after storing the count and array pointer.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_ListObjLength\fR returns the number of elements in the list value
 referenced by \fIlistPtr\fR.
-It returns this count by storing a value in the address \fIlengthPtr\fR.
-If \fIlengthPtr\fR points to a variable of type \fBint\fR and the list
-contains more than 2**31 elements, the function returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.
+It returns this count by storing an integer in the address \fIlengthPtr\fR.
 If the value is not already a list value,
 \fBTcl_ListObjLength\fR will attempt to convert it to one;
 if the conversion fails, it returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
@@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ Tcl_Method
 Tcl_Object
 \fBTcl_ObjectContextObject\fR(\fIcontext\fR)
 .sp
-Tcl_Size
+int
 \fBTcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs\fR(\fIcontext\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
-.AS void *clientData in
+.AS ClientData clientData in
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
 The interpreter holding the object or class to create or update a method in.
 .AP Tcl_Object object in
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ and \fBTCL_OO_METHOD_PRIVATE\fR for a private method.
 .AP Tcl_MethodType *methodTypePtr in
 A description of the type of the method to create, or the type of method to
 compare against.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 A piece of data that is passed to the implementation of the method without
 interpretation.
-.AP void **clientDataPtr out
+.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
 A pointer to a variable in which to write the \fIclientData\fR value supplied
 when the method was created. If NULL, the \fIclientData\fR value will not be
 retrieved.
@@ -95,11 +95,11 @@ A reference to a method to query.
 .AP Tcl_ObjectContext context in
 A reference to a method-call context. Note that client code \fImust not\fR
 retain a reference to a context.
-.AP Tcl_Size objc in
+.AP int objc in
 The number of arguments to pass to the method implementation.
 .AP "Tcl_Obj *const" *objv in
 An array of arguments to pass to the method implementation.
-.AP Tcl_Size skip in
+.AP int skip in
 The number of arguments passed to the method implementation that do not
 represent "real" arguments.
 .BE
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Functions matching this signature are called when the method is invoked.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_MethodCallProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        Tcl_ObjectContext \fIobjectContext\fR,
        int \fIobjc\fR,
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ through a new method being created or because the object or class is deleted.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_MethodDeleteProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR argument to a Tcl_MethodDeleteProc will be the same as
@@ -248,8 +248,8 @@ class is copied using \fBTcl_CopyObjectInstance\fR (or \fBoo::copy\fR).
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_CloneProc\fR(
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
-        void *\fIoldClientData\fR,
-        void **\fInewClientDataPtr\fR);
+        ClientData \fIoldClientData\fR,
+        ClientData *\fInewClientDataPtr\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIinterp\fR argument gives a place to write an error message when the
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ in the same way as the \fIproc2\fR argument to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand2\fR(3)
 Called instead of \fIproc\fR when a trampoline is already in use.
 .AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc2 *nreProc2 in
 Called instead of \fIproc2\fR when a trampoline is already in use.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value passed to \fIproc\fR, \fInreProc\fR, \fIdeleteProc\fR
 and \fIobjProc\fR.
 .AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
 Called before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter, allowing for
 command-specific cleanup. May be NULL.
-.AP Tcl_Size objc in
+.AP int objc in
 Number of items in \fIobjv\fR.
 .AP Tcl_Obj **objv in
 Words in the command.
@@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ Pointer to an unshared Tcl_Obj where the result of the evaluation is stored if
 the return code is TCL_OK.
 .AP Tcl_NRPostProc *postProcPtr in
 A function to push.
-.AP void *data0 in
-.AP void *data1 in
-.AP void *data2 in
-.AP void *data3 in
+.AP ClientData data0 in
+.AP ClientData data1 in
+.AP ClientData data2 in
+.AP ClientData data3 in
 \fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR are four one-word values that will be passed
 to the function designated by \fIpostProcPtr\fR when it is invoked.
 .BE
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ a message as the interpreter's result.
 .CS
 typedef int
 \fBTcl_NRPostProc\fR(
-        \fBvoid *\fR \fIdata\fR[],
+        \fBClientData\fR \fIdata\fR[],
        \fBTcl_Interp\fR *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIresult\fR);
 .CE
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ stack, to evalute a script:
 .CS
 int
 \fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
-    void *clientData,
+    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ call \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR:
 .CS
 int
 \fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
-    void *clientData,
+    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ int
 .CS
 int
 \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR
-    void *clientData,
+    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ int
 .CS
 int
 \fITheCmdNRPostProc\fR(
-    void *data[],
+    ClientData data[],
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int result)
 {
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The interpreter in which the namespace exists and where name lookups
 are performed. Also where error result messages are written.
 .AP "const char" *name in
 The name of the namespace or command to be created or accessed.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 A context pointer by the creator of the namespace.  Not interpreted by
 Tcl at all.
 .AP Tcl_NamespaceDeleteProc *deleteProc in
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ the global namespace.)
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_NamespaceDeleteProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 \fBTcl_DeleteNamespace\fR deletes a namespace, calling the
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ is true.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_Import\fR imports commands matching a pattern into a
 namespace.  Note that the pattern must include the name of the
-namespace to import from.  This function returns TCL_ERROR if
+namespace to import from.  This function returns an error if
 an attempt to import a command over an existing command is made,
 unless the \fIallowOverwrite\fR flag has been set.
 .PP
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Tcl_ThreadId
 void
 \fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR(\fIdeleteProc, clientData\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_InitNotifier\fR()
 .sp
 void
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Procedure to invoke to prepare for event wait in \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR.
 Procedure for \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR to invoke after waiting for
 events.  Checks to see if any events have occurred and, if so,
 queues them.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIsetupProc\fR, \fIcheckProc\fR, or
 \fIdeleteProc\fR.
 .AP "const Tcl_Time" *timePtr in
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ is NULL, it means there is no maximum wait time:  wait forever if
 necessary.
 .AP Tcl_Event *evPtr in
 An event to add to the event queue.  The storage for the event must
-have been allocated by the caller using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
+have been allocated by the caller using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or \fBckalloc\fR.
 .AP int position in
 Where to add the new event in the queue:  \fBTCL_QUEUE_TAIL\fR,
 \fBTCL_QUEUE_HEAD\fR, \fBTCL_QUEUE_MARK\fR, and whether to do
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ the event source.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_EventSetupProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        int \fIflags\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ following prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_EventCheckProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        int \fIflags\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ of window events.
 When \fIproc\fR returns 1, \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR will remove the
 event from the event queue and free its storage.
 Note that the storage for an event must be allocated by
-the event source (using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR)
+the event source (using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or the Tcl macro \fBckalloc\fR)
 before calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR, but it
 will be freed by \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR, not by the event source.
 .PP
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ queue.  \fIProc\fR should match the following prototype:
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_EventDeleteProc\fR(
        Tcl_Event *\fIevPtr\fR,
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
@@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ When non-NULL, error information is recorded here when the value is not
 in any of the numeric formats recognized by Tcl.
 .AP "const char" *bytes in
 Points to first byte of the string value to be examined.
-.AP Tcl_Size numBytes in
+.AP size_t numBytes in
 The number of bytes, starting at \fIbytes\fR, that should be examined.
-If \fBnumBytes\fR is negative, then all bytes should
+If the value \fBTCL_INDEX_NONE\fR is provided, then all bytes should
 be examined until the first \fBNUL\fR byte terminates examination.
 .AP "void *" *clientDataPtr out
 Points to space where a pointer value may be written through which a numeric
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ the same function.  They differ only in how the arguments present the Tcl
 value to be examined.  \fBTcl_GetNumber\fR accepts a counted string
 value in the arguments \fIbytes\fR and \fInumBytes\fR (or a
 \fBNUL\fR-terminated string value when \fInumBytes\fR is
-negative).  \fBTcl_GetNumberFromObj\fR accepts the Tcl value
+\fBTCL_INDEX_NONE\fR).  \fBTcl_GetNumberFromObj\fR accepts the Tcl value
 in \fIobjPtr\fR.
 .PP
 Both routines examine the Tcl value and determine whether Tcl recognizes
@@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ Tcl_Obj *
 .sp
 \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR(\fIobjPtr\fR)
 .sp
-\fBTcl_BounceRefCount\fR(\fIobjPtr\fR)
-.sp
 int
 \fBTcl_IsShared\fR(\fIobjPtr\fR)
 .sp
@@ -113,9 +111,9 @@ which is defined as follows.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef struct Tcl_Obj {
-    Tcl_Size \fIrefCount\fR;
+    int \fIrefCount\fR;
    char *\fIbytes\fR;
-    Tcl_Size \fIlength\fR;
+    int \fIlength\fR;
    const Tcl_ObjType *\fItypePtr\fR;
    union {
        long \fIlongValue\fR;
@@ -280,27 +278,26 @@ The string representation is now \fB124\fR
 and both representations are again valid.
 .SH "STORAGE MANAGEMENT OF VALUES"
 .PP
-Tcl values are allocated on the heap and are shared as much as
-possible to reduce storage requirements.  Reference counting is used
-to determine when a value is no longer needed and can safely be freed.
-A value just created by \fBTcl_NewObj\fR, \fBTcl_NewStringObj\fR, or
-any Abstract List command or function, has \fIrefCount\fR 0, meaning
-that the object can often be given to a function like
-\fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR, \fBTcl_ListObjAppendElement\fR, or
-\fBTcl_DictObjPut\fR (as a value) without explicit reference
-management, all of which are common use cases. (The latter two require
-that the target list or dictionary be well-formed, but that is
-often easy to arrange when the value is being initially constructed.)
-The macro \fBTcl_IncrRefCount\fR increments the reference count when a
-new reference to the value is created.
-The macro \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR decrements the count when a reference is no longer needed.
-If the value's reference count drops to zero, frees
-its storage.
-The macro \fBTcl_BounceRefCount\fR will check if the value has no references (i.e. in a "new" state) and free the value.
+Tcl values are allocated on the heap and are shared as much as possible
+to reduce storage requirements.
+Reference counting is used to determine when a value is
+no longer needed and can safely be freed.
+A value just created by \fBTcl_NewObj\fR or \fBTcl_NewStringObj\fR
+has \fIrefCount\fR 0, meaning that the object can often be given to a function
+like \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR, \fBTcl_ListObjAppendElement\fR, or
+\fBTcl_DictObjPut\fR (as a value) without explicit reference management, all
+of which are common use cases. (The latter two require that the the target
+list or dictionary be well-formed, but that is often easy to arrange when the
+value is being initially constructed.)
+The macro \fBTcl_IncrRefCount\fR increments the reference count
+when a new reference to the value is created.
+The macro \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR decrements the count
+when a reference is no longer needed and,
+if the value's reference count drops to zero, frees its storage.
 A value shared by different code or data structures has
-\fIrefCount\fR greater than 1.  Incrementing a value's reference count
-ensures that it will not be freed too early or have its value change
-accidentally.
+\fIrefCount\fR greater than 1.
+Incrementing a value's reference count ensures that
+it will not be freed too early or have its value change accidentally.
 .PP
 As an example, the bytecode interpreter shares argument values
 between calling and called Tcl procedures to avoid having to copy values.
@@ -314,25 +311,12 @@ the interpreter calls \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR to decrement
 each argument's reference count.
 When a value's reference count drops less than or equal to zero,
 \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR reclaims its storage.
-
-.PP
-Most command procedures have not been concerned about reference
-counting since they use a value's value immediately and do not retain
-a pointer to the value after they return.  However, there are some
-procedures that may return a new value, with a refCount of 0. In this
-situation, it is the caller's responsibility to free the value before
-the procedure returns.  One way to cover this is to always call
-\fBTcl_IncrRefCount\fR before using the value, then call
-\fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR before returning. The other way is to use
-\fBTcl_BounceRefCount\fR after the value is no longer needed or
-referenced. This macro will free the value if there are no other
-references to the value. When retaining a pointer to a value in a data
-structure the procedure must be careful to increment its reference
-count since the retained pointer is a new reference. Examples of
-procedures that return new values are \fBTcl_NewIntObj\fR, and
-commands like \fBlseq\fR, which creates an Abstract List, and an
-lindex on this list may return a new Obj with a refCount of 0.
-
+Most command procedures do not have to be concerned about
+reference counting since they use a value's value immediately
+and do not retain a pointer to the value after they return.
+However, if they do retain a pointer to a value in a data structure,
+they must be careful to increment its reference count
+since the retained pointer is a new reference.
 .PP
 Command procedures that directly modify values
 such as those for \fBlappend\fR and \fBlinsert\fR must be careful to
@@ -366,11 +350,6 @@ must check whether the variable's value is shared before
 incrementing the integer in its internal representation.
 If it is shared, it needs to duplicate the value
 in order to avoid accidentally changing values in other data structures.
-.PP
-In cases where a value is obtained, used, and not retained, the value
-can be freed using \fBTcl_BounceRefCount\fR. This
-is functionally equivalent to calling \fBTcl_IncrRefCount\fR followed
-\fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_ConvertToType(3), Tcl_GetIntFromObj(3), Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(3), Tcl_ListObjIndex(3), Tcl_ListObjReplace(3), Tcl_RegisterObjType(3)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-.TH Tcl_ObjType 3 9.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.TH Tcl_ObjType 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
@@ -93,13 +93,14 @@ free to set the internal representation for \fIobjPtr\fR to make
 use of another related Tcl_ObjType, if it sees fit.
 .SH "THE TCL_OBJTYPE STRUCTURE"
 .PP
-Extension writers can define new value types by defining four to eight
-procedures and initializing a Tcl_ObjType structure to describe the
-type.  Extension writers may also pass a pointer to their Tcl_ObjType
-structure to \fBTcl_RegisterObjType\fR if they wish to permit other
-extensions to look up their Tcl_ObjType by name with the
-\fBTcl_GetObjType\fR routine.  The \fBTcl_ObjType\fR structure is
-defined as follows:
+Extension writers can define new value types by defining four
+procedures and
+initializing a Tcl_ObjType structure to describe the type.
+Extension writers may also pass a pointer to their Tcl_ObjType
+structure to \fBTcl_RegisterObjType\fR if they wish to permit
+other extensions to look up their Tcl_ObjType by name with
+the \fBTcl_GetObjType\fR routine.
+The \fBTcl_ObjType\fR structure is defined as follows:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef struct Tcl_ObjType {
@@ -108,17 +109,6 @@ typedef struct Tcl_ObjType {
    Tcl_DupInternalRepProc *\fIdupIntRepProc\fR;
    Tcl_UpdateStringProc *\fIupdateStringProc\fR;
    Tcl_SetFromAnyProc *\fIsetFromAnyProc\fR;
-    size_t \fIversion\fR;
-    /* List emulation functions - ObjType Version 1 & 2 */
-    Tcl_ObjTypeLengthProc *lengthProc;
-    /* List emulation functions - ObjType Version 2 */
-    Tcl_ObjTypeIndexProc *\fIindexProc\fR;
-    Tcl_ObjTypeSliceProc *\fIsliceProc\fR;
-    Tcl_ObjTypeReverseProc *\fIreverseProc\fR;
-    Tcl_ObjTypeGetElements *\fIgetElementsProc\fR;
-    Tcl_ObjTypeSetElement *\fIsetElementProc\fR;
-    Tcl_ObjTypeReplaceProc *\fIreplaceProc\fR;
-    Tcl_ObjTypeInOperatorProc *\fIinOperProc\fR;
 } \fBTcl_ObjType\fR;
 .CE
 .SS "THE NAME FIELD"
@@ -194,8 +184,8 @@ to be treated as conventional null character-terminated C strings.
 These restrictions are easily met by using Tcl's internal UTF encoding
 for the string representation, same as one would do for other
 Tcl routines accepting string values as arguments.
-Storage for the byte array must be allocated in the heap by \fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
-Note that \fIupdateStringProc\fRs must allocate
+Storage for the byte array must be allocated in the heap by \fBTcl_Alloc\fR
+or \fBckalloc\fR.  Note that \fIupdateStringProc\fRs must allocate
 enough storage for the string's bytes and the terminating null byte.
 .PP
 The \fIupdateStringProc\fR for Tcl's built-in double type, for example,
@@ -215,7 +205,6 @@ The \fIdupIntRepProc\fR member contains the address of a function
 called to copy an internal representation from one value to another.
 .PP
 .CS
-
 typedef void \fBTcl_DupInternalRepProc\fR(
        Tcl_Obj *\fIsrcPtr\fR,
        Tcl_Obj *\fIdupPtr\fR);
@@ -239,7 +228,6 @@ The \fIfreeIntRepProc\fR member contains the address of a function
 that is called when a value is freed.
 .PP
 .CS
-
 typedef void \fBTcl_FreeInternalRepProc\fR(
        Tcl_Obj *\fIobjPtr\fR);
 .CE
@@ -265,151 +253,6 @@ Note that if a subsidiary value has its reference count reduced to zero
 during the running of a \fIfreeIntRepProc\fR, that value may be not freed
 immediately, in order to limit stack usage. However, the value will be freed
 before the outermost current \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR returns.
-.SS "THE VERSION FIELD"
-.PP
-The \fIversion\fR member provides for future extensibility of the
-structure and should be set to \fBTCL_OBJTYPE_V0\fR for compatability
-of ObjType definitions prior to version 9.0. Specifics about versions
-will be described further in the sections below.
-.SH "ABSTRACT LIST TYPES"
-.PP
-Additional fields in the Tcl_ObjType descriptor allow for control over
-how custom data values can be manipulated using Tcl's List commands
-without converting the value to a List type. This requires the custom
-type to provide functions that will perform the given operation on the
-custom data representation.  Not all functions are required. In the
-absence of a particular function (set to NULL), the fallback is to
-allow the internal List operation to perform the operation, most
-likely causing the value type to be converted to a traditional list.
-.SS "SCALAR VALUE TYPES"
-.PP
-For a custom value type that is scalar or atomic in nature, i.e., not
-a divisible collection, version \fBTCL_OBJTYPE_V1\fR is
-recommended. In this case, List commands will treat the scalar value
-as if it where a list of length 1, and not convert the value to a List
-type.
-.SS "VERSION 2: ABSTRACT LISTS"
-.PP
-Version 2, \fBTCL_OBJTYPE_V2\fR, allows full List support when the
-functions described below are provided.  This allows for script level
-use of the List commands without causing the type of the Tcl_Obj value
-to be converted to a list.
-.SS "THE LENGTHPROC FIELD"
-.PP
-The \fBLengthProc\fR function correlates with the \fBTcl_ListObjLength\fR
-C API. The function returns the number of elements in the list. It
-is used in every List operation and is required for all Abstract List
-implementations.
-.CS
-
-typedef Tcl_Size
-(Tcl_ObjTypeLengthProc) (Tcl_Obj *listPtr);
-.CE
-
-.PP
-.SS "THE INDEXPROC FIELD"
-.PP
-The \fBIndexProc\fR function correlates with with the
-\fBTcl_ListObjIndex\fR C API. The function returns a Tcl_Obj value for
-the element at the specified index.
-.CS
-
-typedef int
-(Tcl_ObjTypeIndexProc) (
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    Tcl_Obj *listPtr,
-    Tcl_Size index,
-    Tcl_Obj** elemObj);
-.CE
-.SS "THE SLICEPROC FIELD"
-.PP
-The \fBSliceProc\fR correlates with the \fBlrange\fR command,
-returning a new List or Abstract List for the portion of the original
-list specifed.
-.CS
-
-typedef int
-(Tcl_ObjTypeSliceProc) (
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    Tcl_Obj *listPtr,
-    Tcl_Size fromIdx,
-    Tcl_Size toIdx,
-    Tcl_Obj **newObjPtr);
-.CE
-.SS "THE REVERSEPROC FIELD"
-.PP
-The \fBReverseProc\fR correlates with the \fBlreverse\fR command,
-returning a List or Abstract List that has the same elements as the
-input Abstract List, with the elements in the reverse order.
-.CS
-
-typedef int
-(Tcl_ObjTypeReverseProc) (
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    Tcl_Obj *listPtr,
-    Tcl_Obj **newObjPtr);
-.CE
-.SS "THE GETELEMENTS FIELD"
-.PP
-The \fBGetElements\fR function returns a count and a pointer to an
-array of Tcl_Obj values for the entire Abstract List. This is a
-correlary to the \fBTcl_ListObjGetElements\fR C API call.
-.CS
-
-typedef int
-(Tcl_ObjTypeGetElements) (
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    Tcl_Obj *listPtr,
-    Tcl_Size *objcptr,
-    Tcl_Obj ***objvptr);
-.CE
-.SS "THE SETELEMENT FIELD"
-.PP
-The \fBSetElement\fR function replaces the element within the
-specified list at the give index. This function correlates to the
-\fBlset\fR command.
-.CS
-
-typedef Tcl_Obj*
-Tcl_ObjTypeSetElement) (
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    Tcl_Obj *listPtr,
-    Tcl_Size indexCount,
-    Tcl_Obj *const indexArray[],
-    Tcl_Obj *valueObj);
-.CE
-.SS "REPLACEPROC FIELD"
-.PP
-The \fBReplaceProc\fR returns a new list after modfying the list
-replacing the elements to be deleted, and adding the elements to be
-inserted. This function correlates to the \fBTcl_ListObjReplace\fR C API.
-.CS
-
-typedef int
-(Tcl_ObjTypeReplaceProc) (
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    Tcl_Obj *listObj,
-    Tcl_Size first,
-    Tcl_Size numToDelete,
-    Tcl_Size numToInsert,
-    Tcl_Obj *const insertObjs[]);
-.CE
-.SS "THE INOPERATORPROC FIELD"
-.PP
-The \fBInOperProc\fR function determines whether the value is present in the
-given list, according to equivalent string comparison of elements. The
-\fBboolResult\fR is set to 1 (true) if the value is present, and 0
-(false) if it is not present. This function implements the "in" and
-"ni" math operators for an abstract list.
-.CS
-
-typedef int
-(Tcl_ObjTypeInOperatorProc) (
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    Tcl_Obj *valueObj,
-    Tcl_Obj *listObj,
-    int *boolResult);
-.CE
 .SH "REFERENCE COUNT MANAGEMENT"
 .PP
 The \fIobjPtr\fR argument to \fBTcl_AppendAllObjTypes\fR should be an unshared
@@ -428,6 +271,6 @@ modify the reference count of their arguments, but if the values contain
 subsidiary values (e.g., the elements of a list or the keys of a dictionary)
 then those subsidiary values may have their reference counts modified.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-Tcl_NewObj(3), Tcl_DecrRefCount(3), Tcl_IncrRefCount(3), Tcl_BounceRefCount(3)
+Tcl_NewObj(3), Tcl_DecrRefCount(3), Tcl_IncrRefCount(3)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 internal representation, value, value type, string representation, type conversion
@@ -47,34 +47,34 @@ int
 int
 \fBTcl_Close\fR(\fIinterp, channel\fR)
 .sp
-Tcl_Size
+int
 \fBTcl_ReadChars\fR(\fIchannel, readObjPtr, charsToRead, appendFlag\fR)
 .sp
-Tcl_Size
+int
 \fBTcl_Read\fR(\fIchannel, readBuf, bytesToRead\fR)
 .sp
-Tcl_Size
+int
 \fBTcl_GetsObj\fR(\fIchannel, lineObjPtr\fR)
 .sp
-Tcl_Size
+int
 \fBTcl_Gets\fR(\fIchannel, lineRead\fR)
 .sp
-Tcl_Size
+int
 \fBTcl_Ungets\fR(\fIchannel, input, inputLen, addAtEnd\fR)
 .sp
-Tcl_Size
+int
 \fBTcl_WriteObj\fR(\fIchannel, writeObjPtr\fR)
 .sp
-Tcl_Size
+int
 \fBTcl_WriteChars\fR(\fIchannel, charBuf, bytesToWrite\fR)
 .sp
-Tcl_Size
+int
 \fBTcl_Write\fR(\fIchannel, byteBuf, bytesToWrite\fR)
 .sp
-Tcl_Size
+int
 \fBTcl_ReadRaw\fR(\fIchannel, readBuf, bytesToRead\fR)
 .sp
-Tcl_Size
+int
 \fBTcl_WriteRaw\fR(\fIchannel, byteBuf, bytesToWrite\fR)
 .sp
 int
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ allowed for the \fImode\fR argument to the Tcl \fBopen\fR command.
 .AP int permissions in
 POSIX-style permission flags such as 0644.  If a new file is created, these
 permissions will be set on the created file.
-.AP Tcl_Size argc in
+.AP int argc in
 The number of elements in \fIargv\fR.
 .AP "const char" **argv in
 Arguments for constructing a command pipeline.  These values have the same
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ input of the invoking process; likewise for \fBTCL_STDOUT\fR and
 redirect stdio handles to override the stdio handles for which
 \fBTCL_STDIN\fR, \fBTCL_STDOUT\fR and \fBTCL_STDERR\fR have been set.  If it
 is set, then such redirections cause an error.
-.AP void *handle in
+.AP ClientData handle in
 Operating system specific handle for I/O to a file. For Unix this is a
 file descriptor, for Windows it is a HANDLE.
 .AP int readOrWrite in
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ from a procedure such as \fBTcl_OpenFileChannel\fR.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *readObjPtr in/out
 A pointer to a Tcl value in which to store the characters read from the
 channel.
-.AP Tcl_Size charsToRead in
+.AP int charsToRead in
 The number of characters to read from the channel.  If the channel's encoding
 is \fBbinary\fR, this is equivalent to the number of bytes to read from the
 channel.
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ If non-zero, data read from the channel will be appended to the value.
 Otherwise, the data will replace the existing contents of the value.
 .AP char *readBuf out
 A buffer in which to store the bytes read from the channel.
-.AP Tcl_Size bytesToRead in
+.AP int bytesToRead in
 The number of bytes to read from the channel.  The buffer \fIreadBuf\fR must
 be large enough to hold this many bytes.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *lineObjPtr in/out
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ channel.  Must have been initialized by the caller.  The line read will be
 appended to any data already in the dynamic string.
 .AP "const char" *input in
 The input to add to a channel buffer.
-.AP Tcl_Size inputLen in
+.AP int inputLen in
 Length of the input
 .AP int addAtEnd in
 Flag indicating whether the input should be added to the end or
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ A pointer to a Tcl value whose contents will be output to the channel.
 A buffer containing the characters to output to the channel.
 .AP "const char" *byteBuf in
 A buffer containing the bytes to output to the channel.
-.AP Tcl_Size bytesToWrite in
+.AP int bytesToWrite in
 The number of bytes to consume from \fIcharBuf\fR or \fIbyteBuf\fR and
 output to the channel.
 .AP "long long" offset in
@@ -406,21 +406,19 @@ to UTF-8 based on the channel's encoding and storing the produced data in
 \fIreadObjPtr\fR's string representation.  The return value of
 \fBTcl_ReadChars\fR is the number of characters, up to \fIcharsToRead\fR,
 that were stored in \fIreadObjPtr\fR.  If an error occurs while reading, the
-return value is -1 and \fBTcl_ReadChars\fR records a POSIX error
-code that can be retrieved with \fBTcl_GetErrno\fR. If an encoding error happens
-while the channel is in blocking mode with -profile strict, the characters
-retrieved until the encoding error happened will be stored in \fIreadObjPtr\fR.
+return value is TCL_INDEX_NONE and \fBTcl_ReadChars\fR records a POSIX error code that
+can be retrieved with \fBTcl_GetErrno\fR.
 .PP
-Setting \fIcharsToRead\fR to -1 will cause the command to read
+Setting \fIcharsToRead\fR to TCL_INDEX_NONE will cause the command to read
 all characters currently available (non-blocking) or everything until
 eof (blocking mode).
 .PP
 The return value may be smaller than the value to read, indicating that less
 data than requested was available.  This is called a \fIshort read\fR.  In
 blocking mode, this can only happen on an end-of-file.  In nonblocking mode,
-a short read can also occur if an encoding error is encountered (with -profile
-strict) or if there is not enough input currently available:
-\fBTcl_ReadChars\fR returns a short count rather than waiting for more data.
+a short read can also occur if there is not enough input currently
+available:  \fBTcl_ReadChars\fR returns a short count rather than waiting
+for more data.
 .PP
 If the channel is in blocking mode, a return value of zero indicates an
 end-of-file condition.  If the channel is in nonblocking mode, a return
@@ -473,14 +471,14 @@ character(s) are read and discarded.
 .PP
 If a line was successfully read, the return value is greater than or equal
 to zero and indicates the number of bytes stored in \fIlineObjPtr\fR.  If an
-error occurs, \fBTcl_GetsObj\fR returns -1 and records a POSIX error code
+error occurs, \fBTcl_GetsObj\fR returns TCL_INDEX_NONE and records a POSIX error code
 that can be retrieved with \fBTcl_GetErrno\fR.  \fBTcl_GetsObj\fR also
-returns -1 if the end of the file is reached; the \fBTcl_Eof\fR procedure
+returns TCL_INDEX_NONE if the end of the file is reached; the \fBTcl_Eof\fR procedure
 can be used to distinguish an error from an end-of-file condition.
 .PP
-If the channel is in nonblocking mode, the return value can also be -1
+If the channel is in nonblocking mode, the return value can also be TCL_INDEX_NONE
 if no data was available or the data that was available did not contain an
-end-of-line character.  When -1 is returned, the \fBTcl_InputBlocked\fR
+end-of-line character.  When TCL_INDEX_NONE is returned, the \fBTcl_InputBlocked\fR
 procedure may be invoked to determine if the channel is blocked because
 of input unavailability.
 .PP
@@ -498,7 +496,7 @@ head of the queue.  If \fIchannel\fR has a
 .QW sticky
 EOF set, no data will be
 added to the input queue.  \fBTcl_Ungets\fR returns \fIinputLen\fR or
-1 if an error occurs.
+TCL_INDEX_NONE if an error occurs.
 .SH "TCL_WRITECHARS, TCL_WRITEOBJ, AND TCL_WRITE"
 .PP
 \fBTcl_WriteChars\fR accepts \fIbytesToWrite\fR bytes of character data at
@@ -515,7 +513,7 @@ to appear as soon as a complete line is accepted for output, set the
 \fB\-buffering\fR option on the channel to \fBline\fR mode.
 .PP
 The return value of \fBTcl_WriteChars\fR is a count of how many bytes were
-accepted for output to the channel.  This is either -1 to
+accepted for output to the channel.  This is either TCL_INDEX_NONE to
 indicate that an error occurred or another number greater than
 zero to indicate success.  If an error occurs, \fBTcl_WriteChars\fR records
 a POSIX error code that may be retrieved with \fBTcl_GetErrno\fR.
@@ -601,7 +599,7 @@ their possible values are described in the manual entry for the Tcl
 \fBfconfigure\fR command. Other options can be added by each channel type.
 These channel type specific options are described in the manual entry for
 the Tcl command that creates a channel of that type; for example, the
-additional options for TCP-based channels are described in the manual entry
+additional options for TCP based channels are described in the manual entry
 for the Tcl \fBsocket\fR command.
 The procedure normally returns \fBTCL_OK\fR. If an error occurs, it returns
 \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and calls \fBTcl_SetErrno\fR to store an appropriate POSIX
@@ -52,12 +52,12 @@ Length of OS listen backlog queue. Use -1 for default value.
 .AP "unsigned int" flags in
 ORed combination of \fBTCL_TCPSERVER\fR flags that specify additional
 informations about the socket being created.
-.AP void *sock in
+.AP ClientData sock in
 Platform-specific handle for client TCP socket.
 .AP Tcl_TcpAcceptProc *proc in
 Pointer to a procedure to invoke each time a new connection is
 accepted via the socket.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ the channel. \fIProc\fR must match the following prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_TcpAcceptProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Channel \fIchannel\fR,
        char *\fIhostName\fR,
        int \fIport\fR);
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .BS
 '\"  Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_Panic, Tcl_SetPanicProc, Tcl_ConsolePanic \- report fatal error and abort
+Tcl_Panic, Tcl_PanicVA, Tcl_SetPanicProc, Tcl_ConsolePanic \- report fatal error and abort
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ Tcl_Panic, Tcl_SetPanicProc, Tcl_ConsolePanic \- report fatal error and abort
 void
 \fBTcl_Panic\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fI...\fR)
 .sp
+void
+\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIargList\fR)
+.sp
 const char *
 \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR(\fIpanicProc\fR)
 .sp
@@ -27,6 +30,10 @@ void
 A printf-style format string.
 .AP "" arg in
 Arguments matching the format string.
+.AP va_list argList in
+An argument list of arguments matching the format string.
+Must have been initialized using \fBva_start\fR,
+and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
 .AP Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc in
 Procedure to report fatal error message and abort.
 .BE
@@ -75,14 +82,15 @@ making calls into the Tcl library, or into other libraries that may
 call the Tcl library, since the original call to \fBTcl_Panic\fR
 indicates the Tcl library is not in a state of reliable operation.
 .PP
-The result of \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR is the full Tcl version with build
-information (e.g., \fB9.0.0+abcdef...abcdef.gcc-1002\fR).
+The result of \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR is the full Tcl version (e.g.,
+\fB8.7.0+abcdef...abcdef.gcc-1002.utf16\fR).
 .PP
 The typical use of \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR arranges for the error message
 to be displayed or reported in a manner more suitable for the
 application or the platform.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions.
+\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
+entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
 .PP
 Although the primary callers of \fBTcl_Panic\fR are the procedures of
 the Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR is a public function and may be called
@@ -90,6 +98,10 @@ by any extension or application that wishes to abort the process and
 have a panic message displayed the same way that panic messages from Tcl
 will be displayed.
 .PP
+\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_Panic\fR except that instead of
+taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list. Interfaces
+using argument lists have been found to be nonportable in practice. This
+function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 abort(3), printf(3), exec(n), format(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ int
 Where to store error messages.
 .AP "const Tcl_ArgvInfo" *argTable in
 Pointer to array of option descriptors.
-.AP "Tcl_Size \&| int" *objcPtr in/out
+.AP int *objcPtr in/out
 A pointer to variable holding number of arguments in \fIobjv\fR. Will be
 modified to hold number of arguments left in the unprocessed argument list
 stored in \fIremObjv\fR.
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ The array of arguments to be parsed.
 Pointer to a variable that will hold the array of unprocessed arguments.
 Should be NULL if no return of unprocessed arguments is required. If
 \fIobjcPtr\fR is updated to a non-zero value, the array returned through this
-must be deallocated using \fBTcl_Free\fR.
+must be deallocated using \fBckfree\fR.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ typedef struct {
    void *\fIsrcPtr\fR;
    void *\fIdstPtr\fR;
    const char *\fIhelpStr\fR;
-    void *\fIclientData\fR;
+    ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
 } \fBTcl_ArgvInfo\fR;
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ have the following signature:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int (\fBTcl_ArgvFuncProc\fR)(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Obj *\fIobjPtr\fR,
        void *\fIdstPtr\fR);
 .CE
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ function will have the following signature:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int (\fBTcl_ArgvGenFuncProc\fR)(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIobjc\fR,
        Tcl_Obj *const *\fIobjv\fR,
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_ParseCommand, Tcl_ParseExpr, Tcl_ParseBraces, Tcl_ParseQuotedString, Tcl_ParseVarName, Tcl_ParseVar, Tcl_FreeParse, Tcl_EvalTokensStandard \- parse Tcl scripts and expressions
+Tcl_ParseCommand, Tcl_ParseExpr, Tcl_ParseBraces, Tcl_ParseQuotedString, Tcl_ParseVarName, Tcl_ParseVar, Tcl_FreeParse, Tcl_EvalTokens, Tcl_EvalTokensStandard \- parse Tcl scripts and expressions
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -33,19 +33,23 @@ const char *
 .sp
 \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR(\fIusedParsePtr\fR)
 .sp
+Tcl_Obj *
+\fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR(\fIinterp, tokenPtr, numTokens\fR)
+.sp
 int
 \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR(\fIinterp, tokenPtr, numTokens\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp *usedParsePtr out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp out
-For procedures other than \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR and
-\fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, used only for error reporting;
+For procedures other than \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR, \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR
+and \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, used only for error reporting;
 if NULL, then no error messages are left after errors.
-For \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, determines the context for evaluating
-the script and also is used for error reporting; must not be NULL.
+For \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR and \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR,
+determines the context for evaluating the
+script and also is used for error reporting; must not be NULL.
 .AP "const char" *start in
 Pointer to first character in string to parse.
-.AP Tcl_Size numBytes in
+.AP int numBytes in
 Number of bytes in string to parse, not including any terminating null
 character.  If less than 0 then the script consists of all characters
 following \fIstart\fR up to the first null character.
@@ -187,6 +191,17 @@ code with one of the values \fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR,
 some other integer value originating in an extension.
 In addition, a result value or error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's
 result; it can be retrieved using \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR.
+.SS "DEPRECATED FUNCTIONS"
+.PP
+\fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR differs from \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR only in
+the return convention used: it returns the result in a new Tcl_Obj.
+The reference count of the value returned as result has been
+incremented, so the caller must
+invoke \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR when it is finished with the value.
+If an error or other exception occurs while evaluating the tokens
+(such as a reference to a non-existent variable) then the return value
+is NULL and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result. The use
+of \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR is deprecated.
 .SH "TCL_PARSE STRUCTURE"
 .PP
 \fBTcl_ParseCommand\fR, \fBTcl_ParseExpr\fR, \fBTcl_ParseBraces\fR,
@@ -196,20 +211,20 @@ return parse information in two data structures, Tcl_Parse and Tcl_Token:
 .CS
 typedef struct Tcl_Parse {
    const char *\fIcommentStart\fR;
-    Tcl_Size \fIcommentSize\fR;
+    int \fIcommentSize\fR;
    const char *\fIcommandStart\fR;
-    Tcl_Size \fIcommandSize\fR;
-    Tcl_Size \fInumWords\fR;
+    int \fIcommandSize\fR;
+    int \fInumWords\fR;
    Tcl_Token *\fItokenPtr\fR;
-    Tcl_Size \fInumTokens\fR;
+    int \fInumTokens\fR;
    ...
 } \fBTcl_Parse\fR;

 typedef struct Tcl_Token {
    int \fItype\fR;
    const char *\fIstart\fR;
-    Tcl_Size \fIsize\fR;
-    Tcl_Size \fInumComponents\fR;
+    int \fIsize\fR;
+    int \fInumComponents\fR;
 } \fBTcl_Token\fR;
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -449,5 +464,12 @@ There are additional fields in the Tcl_Parse structure after the
 \fBTcl_ParseCommand\fR, \fBTcl_ParseExpr\fR, \fBTcl_ParseBraces\fR,
 \fBTcl_ParseQuotedString\fR, and \fBTcl_ParseVarName\fR; they should not be
 referenced by code outside of these procedures.
+.SH "REFERENCE COUNT MANAGEMENT"
+.PP
+The result of \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR is an unshared value with a reference count
+of 1; the caller of that function should call \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR on the
+result value to dispose of it. (The equivalent with
+\fBTcl_EvalTokenStandard\fR is just the interpreter result, which can be
+retrieved with \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR.)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 backslash substitution, braces, command, expression, parse, token, variable substitution
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Pointer to place to store the value associated with the matching
 package. It is only changed if the pointer is not NULL and the
 function completed successfully. The storage can be any pointer
 type with the same size as a void pointer.
-.AP Tcl_Size objc in
+.AP int objc in
 Number of requirements.
 .AP Tcl_Obj* objv[] in
 Array of requirements.
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Tcl_Preserve, Tcl_Release, Tcl_EventuallyFree \- avoid freeing storage while it
 \fBTcl_EventuallyFree\fR(\fIclientData, freeProc\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_FreeProc clientData
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Token describing structure to be freed or reallocated.  Usually a pointer
 to memory for structure.
 .AP Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc in
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ reasons, but the value is the same.
 .PP
 When the \fIclientData\fR argument to \fBTcl_EventuallyFree\fR
 refers to storage allocated and returned by a prior call to
-\fBTcl_Alloc\fR or another function of the Tcl library,
+\fBTcl_Alloc\fR, \fBckalloc\fR, or another function of the Tcl library,
 then the \fIfreeProc\fR argument should be given the special value of
 \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR.
 .PP
@@ -18,7 +18,10 @@ Tcl_PrintDouble \- Convert floating value to string
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp *interp out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
-This argument is ignored.
+Before Tcl 8.0, the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable in this interpreter
+controlled the conversion.  As of Tcl 8.0, this argument is ignored and
+the conversion is controlled by the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable
+that is now shared by all interpreters.
 .AP double value in
 Floating-point value to be converted.
 .AP char *dst out
@@ -38,7 +41,9 @@ so that it does not look like an integer.  Where \fB%g\fR would
 generate an integer with no decimal point, \fBTcl_PrintDouble\fR adds
 .QW .0 .
 .PP
-The result will have the fewest digits needed to
+If the \fBtcl_precision\fR value is non-zero, the result will have
+precisely that many digits of significance.  If the value is zero
+(the default), the result will have the fewest digits needed to
 represent the number in such a way that \fBTcl_NewDoubleObj\fR
 will generate the same number when presented with the given string.
 IEEE semantics of rounding to even apply to the conversion.
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ the command at global level instead of the current stack level.
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
 \fBTcl_RecordAndEvalObj\fR is invoked to record a command as an event
-on the history list and then execute it using \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
+on the history list and then execute it using \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR
 It returns a completion code such as \fBTCL_OK\fR just like \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR,
 as well as a result value containing additional information
 (a result value or error message)
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ identifies the beginning of the larger string.
 If it is not the same as \fItext\fR, then no
 .QW \fB^\fR
 matches will be allowed.
-.AP Tcl_Size index in
+.AP int index in
 Specifies which range is desired:  0 means the range of the entire
 match, 1 or greater means the range that matched a parenthesized
 sub-expression.
@@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ OR-ed combination of the compilation flags \fBTCL_REG_ADVANCED\fR,
 \fBTCL_REG_QUOTE\fR, \fBTCL_REG_NOCASE\fR, \fBTCL_REG_NEWLINE\fR,
 \fBTCL_REG_NLSTOP\fR, \fBTCL_REG_NLANCH\fR, \fBTCL_REG_NOSUB\fR, and
 \fBTCL_REG_CANMATCH\fR. See below for more information.
-.AP Tcl_Size offset in
+.AP int offset in
 The character offset into the text where matching should begin.
 The value of the offset has no impact on \fB^\fR matches.  This
 behavior is controlled by \fIeflags\fR.
-.AP Tcl_Size nmatches in
+.AP int nmatches in
 The number of matching subexpressions that should be remembered for
 later use.  If this value is 0, then no subexpression match
-information will be computed.  If the value is negative, then
+information will be computed.  If the value is \-1, then
 all of the matching subexpressions will be remembered.  Any other
 value will be taken as the maximum number of subexpressions to
 remember.
@@ -337,9 +337,9 @@ defined as follows:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef struct Tcl_RegExpInfo {
-    Tcl_Size \fInsubs\fR;
+    int \fInsubs\fR;
    Tcl_RegExpIndices *\fImatches\fR;
-    Tcl_Size \fIextendStart\fR;
+    long \fIextendStart\fR;
 } \fBTcl_RegExpInfo\fR;
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -355,8 +355,8 @@ follows:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef struct Tcl_RegExpIndices {
-    Tcl_Size \fIstart\fR;
-    Tcl_Size \fIend\fR;
+    long \fIstart\fR;
+    long \fIend\fR;
 } \fBTcl_RegExpIndices\fR;
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -6,11 +6,12 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-.TH Tcl_SaveInterpState 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.TH Tcl_SaveResult 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState \- Save and restore the
+Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState,
+Tcl_SaveResult, Tcl_RestoreResult, Tcl_DiscardResult \- Save and restore the
 state of an an interpreter.
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
@@ -23,6 +24,12 @@ int
 \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR(\fIinterp, state\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR(\fIstate\fR)
+.sp
+\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR(\fIinterp, savedPtr\fR)
+.sp
+\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR(\fIinterp, savedPtr\fR)
+.sp
+\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR(\fIsavedPtr\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_InterpState savedPtr
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -31,6 +38,8 @@ The interpreter for the operation.
 The return code for the state.
 .AP Tcl_InterpState state in
 A token for saved state.
+.AP Tcl_SavedResult *savedPtr in
+A pointer to storage for saved state.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
@@ -50,5 +59,27 @@ returns the \fIstatus\fR originally passed in the corresponding call to
 If a saved state is not restored, \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR must be called
 to release it.  A token used to discard or restore state must not be used
 again.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR are
+deprecated.  Instead use \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
+\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR, which are more
+capable.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR moves the result of \fIinterp\fR to the location
+\fIstatePtr\fR points to and returns the interpreter result to its initial
+state.  It does not save options such as \fB\-errorcode\fR or
+\fB\-errorinfo\fR.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR clears any existing result or error in \fIinterp\fR and
+moves the result from \fIstatePtr\fR back to \fIinterp\fR.  \fIstatePtr\fR is
+then in an undefined state and must not be used until passed again to
+\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR releases the state stored at \fBstatePtr\fR, which is
+then in an undefined state and must not be used until passed again to
+\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
+.PP
+If a saved result is not restored, \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR must be called to
+release it.
 .SH KEYWORDS
 result, state, interp
@@ -87,10 +87,14 @@ the value.
 Which functions of a channel driver are allowed to use which bypass function
 is listed below, as is which functions of the public channel API may leave a
 messages in the bypass areas.
+.IP \fBTcl_DriverCloseProc\fR
+May use \fBTcl_SetChannelErrorInterp\fR, and only this function.
 .IP \fBTcl_DriverInputProc\fR
 May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
 .IP \fBTcl_DriverOutputProc\fR
 May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
+.IP \fBTcl_DriverSeekProc\fR
+May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
 .IP \fBTcl_DriverWideSeekProc\fR
 May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
 .IP \fBTcl_DriverSetOptionProc\fR
@@ -14,14 +14,14 @@ Tcl_SetRecursionLimit \- set maximum allowable nesting depth in interpreter
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
 .sp
-Tcl_Size
+int
 \fBTcl_SetRecursionLimit\fR(\fIinterp, depth\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp *interp
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
 Interpreter whose recursion limit is to be set.
 Must be greater than zero.
-.AP Tcl_Size depth in
+.AP int depth in
 New limit for nested calls to \fBTcl_Eval\fR for \fIinterp\fR.
 .BE

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ New limit for nested calls to \fBTcl_Eval\fR for \fIinterp\fR.
 .PP
 At any given time Tcl enforces a limit on the number of recursive
 calls that may be active for \fBTcl_Eval\fR and related procedures
-such as \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR.
+such as \fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR.
 Any call to \fBTcl_Eval\fR that exceeds this depth is aborted with
 an error.
 By default the recursion limit is 1000.
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult \- manipulate Tcl result
+Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendResultVA, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -26,113 +26,246 @@ const char *
 .sp
 \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR(\fIinterp, result, result, ... , \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
 .sp
+\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
+.sp
 \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_TransferResult\fR(\fIsourceInterp, code, targetInterp\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_AppendElement\fR(\fIinterp, element\fR)
+.sp
+\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_FreeProc sourceInterp out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp out
-The interpreter get or set the result for.
+Interpreter whose result is to be modified or read.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
-A value to set the result to.
+Tcl value to become result for \fIinterp\fR.
 .AP char *result in
-The string value set the result to, or to append to the existing result.
+String value to become result for \fIinterp\fR or to be
+appended to the existing result.
 .AP "const char" *element in
-The string value to append as a list element
+String value to append as a list element
 to the existing result of \fIinterp\fR.
 .AP Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc in
-Pointer to a procedure to call to release storage at
-\fIresult\fR.
+Address of procedure to call to release storage at
+\fIresult\fR, or \fBTCL_STATIC\fR, \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR, or
+\fBTCL_VOLATILE\fR.
+.AP va_list argList in
+An argument list which must have been initialized using
+\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
 .AP Tcl_Interp *sourceInterp in
-The interpreter to transfer the result and return options from.
+Interpreter that the result and return options should be transferred from.
 .AP Tcl_Interp *targetInterp in
-The interpreter to transfer the result and return options to.
+Interpreter that the result and return options should be transferred to.
 .AP int code in
 Return code value that controls transfer of return options.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-These procedures manipulate the result of an interpreter.  Some procedures
-provide a Tcl_Obj interface while others provide a string interface.  For
-example, \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR accepts a Tcl_Obj and \fBTcl_SetResult\fR
-accepts a char *.  Similarly, \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR produces a Tcl_Obj * and
-\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR produces a char *.  The procedures can be mixed and
-matched.  For example, if \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR is called to set the result to
-a Tcl_Obj value, and then \fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR is called, it returns a
-char * (but see caveats below).
+The procedures described here are utilities for manipulating the
+result value in a Tcl interpreter.
+The interpreter result may be either a Tcl value or a string.
+For example, \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR and \fBTcl_SetResult\fR
+set the interpreter result to, respectively, a value and a string.
+Similarly, \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR and \fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR
+return the interpreter result as a value and as a string.
+The procedures always keep the string and value forms
+of the interpreter result consistent.
+For example, if \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR is called to set
+the result to a value,
+then \fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR is called,
+it will return the value's string representation.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR sets \fIobjPtr\fR as the result for \fIinterp\fR,
+\fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR
+arranges for \fIobjPtr\fR to be the result for \fIinterp\fR,
 replacing any existing result.
+The result is left pointing to the value
+referenced by \fIobjPtr\fR.
+\fIobjPtr\fR's reference count is incremented
+since there is now a new reference to it from \fIinterp\fR.
+The reference count for any old result value
+is decremented and the old result value is freed if no
+references to it remain.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR returns the result for \fIinterp\fR, without
-incrementing its reference count.
+\fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR returns the result for \fIinterp\fR as a value.
+The value's reference count is not incremented;
+if the caller needs to retain a long-term pointer to the value
+they should use \fBTcl_IncrRefCount\fR to increment its reference count
+in order to keep it from being freed too early or accidentally changed.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_SetResult\fR sets \fIresult\fR as the result for \fIinterp\fR, replacing
-any existing result, and calls \fIfreeProc\fR to free \fIresult\fR.  See \fBTHE
-TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT\fR below.  If \fIresult\fR is
-\fBNULL\fR, ignores \fIfreeProc\fR and sets the result for \fIinterp\fR to
-point to the empty string.
+\fBTcl_SetResult\fR
+arranges for \fIresult\fR to be the result for the current Tcl
+command in \fIinterp\fR, replacing any existing result.
+The \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how to manage the storage
+for the \fIresult\fR argument;
+it is discussed in the section
+\fBTHE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT\fR below.
+If \fIresult\fR is \fBNULL\fR, then \fIfreeProc\fR is ignored
+and \fBTcl_SetResult\fR
+re-initializes \fIinterp\fR's result to point to an empty string.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR returns the result for \fIinterp\fR as a string, i.e.
-the bytes of the Tcl_Obj for the result, which can be decoded using
-\fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR.  This value is freed when its corresponding Tcl_Obj is
-freed.Programmers are encouraged to use the newer Tcl_Obj API procedures, e.g.
-to call \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR instead.
+\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR returns the result for \fIinterp\fR as a string.
+If the result was set to a value by a \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR call,
+the value form will be converted to a string and returned.
+If the value's string representation contains null bytes,
+this conversion will lose information.
+For this reason, programmers are encouraged to
+write their code to use the new value API procedures
+and to call \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR instead.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_ResetResult\fR sets the empty string as the result for \fIinterp\fR and
-clears the error state managed by \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR,
-\fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR, and \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR.
+\fBTcl_ResetResult\fR clears the result for \fIinterp\fR
+and leaves the result in its normal empty initialized state.
+If the result is a value,
+its reference count is decremented and the result is left
+pointing to an unshared value representing an empty string.
+If the result is a dynamically allocated string, its memory is free*d
+and the result is left as a empty string.
+\fBTcl_ResetResult\fR also clears the error state managed by
+\fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR, \fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR,
+and \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_AppendResult\fR builds up a result from smaller pieces, appending each
-\fIresult\fR in order to the current result for \fIinterp\fR.  It may be called
-repeatedly as additional pieces of the result are produced, and manages the
-storage for the \fIinterp\fR's result, allocating a larger result area if
-necessary.  It also manages conversion to and from the \fIresult\fR field of
-the \fIinterp\fR to handle backward-compatibility with old-style extensions.
-Any number of \fIresult\fR arguments may be passed in a single call; the last
-argument in the list must be a NULL pointer.
+\fBTcl_AppendResult\fR makes it easy to build up Tcl results in pieces.
+It takes each of its \fIresult\fR arguments and appends them in order
+to the current result associated with \fIinterp\fR.
+If the result is in its initialized empty state (e.g. a command procedure
+was just invoked or \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR was just called),
+then \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR sets the result to the concatenation of
+its \fIresult\fR arguments.
+\fBTcl_AppendResult\fR may be called repeatedly as additional pieces
+of the result are produced.
+\fBTcl_AppendResult\fR takes care of all the
+storage management issues associated with managing \fIinterp\fR's
+result, such as allocating a larger result area if necessary.
+It also manages conversion to and from the \fIresult\fR field of the
+\fIinterp\fR so as to handle backward-compatibility with old-style
+extensions.
+Any number of \fIresult\fR arguments may be passed in a single
+call; the last argument in the list must be a NULL pointer.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR transfers interpreter state from \fIsourceInterp\fR to
-\fItargetInterp\fR, both of which must have been created in the same thread,
-resets the result in \fIsourceInterp\fR, and moves the return options
-dictionary as controlled by the return code value \fIcode\fR in the same manner
+\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR except that
+instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
+Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be nonportable in practice.
+This function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR transfers interpreter state from \fIsourceInterp\fR
+to \fItargetInterp\fR. The two interpreters must have been created in the
+same thread.  If \fIsourceInterp\fR and \fItargetInterp\fR are the same,
+nothing is done. Otherwise, \fBTcl_TransferResult\fR moves the result
+from \fIsourceInterp\fR to \fItargetInterp\fR, and resets the result
+in \fIsourceInterp\fR. It also moves the return options dictionary as
+controlled by the return code value \fIcode\fR in the same manner
 as \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR.
-.PP
-If \fIsourceInterp\fR and \fItargetInterp\fR are the same, nothing is done.
 .SH "DEPRECATED INTERFACES"
 .SS "OLD STRING PROCEDURES"
 .PP
-The following procedures are deprecated since they manipulate the Tcl result as
-a string.  Procedures such as \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR can be significantly more
-efficient.
+Use of the following procedures is deprecated
+since they manipulate the Tcl result as a string.
+Procedures such as \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR
+that manipulate the result as a value
+can be significantly more efficient.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_AppendElement\fR is like \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR, but it appends only one
-piece, and also appends that piece as a list item.
-\fBTcl_AppendElement\fR adds backslashes or braces as necessary to ensure that
-\fIelement\fR is properly formatted as a list item.  Under normal conditions,
-\fBTcl_AppendElement\fR adds a space character to \fIinterp\fR's result just
-before adding the new list element, so that the list elements in the result are
-properly separated.  However if the new list element is the first item in the
-list or sublist (i.e. \fIinterp\fR's current result is empty, or consists of
-the single character
+\fBTcl_AppendElement\fR is similar to \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR in
+that it allows results to be built up in pieces.
+However, \fBTcl_AppendElement\fR takes only a single \fIelement\fR
+argument and it appends that argument to the current result
+as a proper Tcl list element.
+\fBTcl_AppendElement\fR adds backslashes or braces if necessary
+to ensure that \fIinterp\fR's result can be parsed as a list and that
+\fIelement\fR will be extracted as a single element.
+Under normal conditions, \fBTcl_AppendElement\fR will add a space
+character to \fIinterp\fR's result just before adding the new
+list element, so that the list elements in the result are properly
+separated.
+However if the new list element is the first in a list or sub-list
+(i.e. \fIinterp\fR's current result is empty, or consists of the
+single character
 .QW { ,
 or ends in the characters
 .QW " {" )
 then no space is added.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR performs part of the work
+of \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR.
+It frees up the memory associated with \fIinterp\fR's result.
+It also sets \fIinterp->freeProc\fR to zero, but does not
+change \fIinterp->result\fR or clear error state.
+\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR is most commonly used when a procedure
+is about to replace one result value with another.
+.SS "DIRECT ACCESS TO INTERP->RESULT"
+.PP
+It used to be legal for programs to
+directly read and write \fIinterp->result\fR
+to manipulate the interpreter result.  The Tcl headers no longer
+permit this access. C code still doing this must
+be updated to use supported routines \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR,
+\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR, \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR, and \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.
 .SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT"
 .PP
-\fIFreeProc\fR has the following type:
+\fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how
+the Tcl system is to manage the storage for the \fIresult\fR argument.
+If \fBTcl_SetResult\fR or \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR are called
+at a time when \fIinterp\fR holds a string result,
+they do whatever is necessary to dispose of the old string result
+(see the \fBTcl_Interp\fR manual entry for details on this).
+.PP
+If \fIfreeProc\fR is \fBTCL_STATIC\fR it means that \fIresult\fR
+refers to an area of static storage that is guaranteed not to be
+modified until at least the next call to \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
+If \fIfreeProc\fR
+is \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR it means that \fIresult\fR was allocated with a call
+to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR and is now the property of the Tcl system.
+\fBTcl_SetResult\fR will arrange for the string's storage to be
+released by calling \fBTcl_Free\fR when it is no longer needed.
+If \fIfreeProc\fR is \fBTCL_VOLATILE\fR it means that \fIresult\fR
+points to an area of memory that is likely to be overwritten when
+\fBTcl_SetResult\fR returns (e.g. it points to something in a stack frame).
+In this case \fBTcl_SetResult\fR will make a copy of the string in
+dynamically allocated storage and arrange for the copy to be the
+result for the current Tcl command.
+.PP
+If \fIfreeProc\fR is not one of the values \fBTCL_STATIC\fR,
+\fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR, and \fBTCL_VOLATILE\fR, then it is the address
+of a procedure that Tcl should call to free the string.
+This allows applications to use non-standard storage allocators.
+When Tcl no longer needs the storage for the string, it will
+call \fIfreeProc\fR. \fIFreeProc\fR should have arguments and
+result that match the type \fBTcl_FreeProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_FreeProc\fR(
        char *\fIblockPtr\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
-When \fIfreeProc\fR is called, \fIblockPtr\fR is the \fIresult\fR value passed
-to \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.
+When \fIfreeProc\fR is called, its \fIblockPtr\fR will be set to
+the value of \fIresult\fR passed to \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.

+.SH "REFERENCE COUNT MANAGEMENT"
+.PP
+The interpreter result is one of the main places that owns references to
+values, along with the bytecode execution stack, argument lists, variables,
+and the list and dictionary collection values.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR takes a value with an arbitrary reference count
+\fI(specifically including zero)\fR and guarantees to increment the reference
+count. If code wishes to continue using the value after setting it as the
+result, it should add its own reference to it with \fBTcl_IncrRefCount\fR.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR returns the current interpreter result value. This will
+have a reference count of at least 1. If the caller wishes to keep the
+interpreter result value, it should increment its reference count.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR does not manipulate reference counts, but the string
+it returns is owned by (and has a lifetime controlled by) the current
+interpreter result value; it should be copied instead of being relied upon to
+persist after the next Tcl API call, as most Tcl operations can modify the
+interpreter result.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_SetResult\fR, \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR, \fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR,
+\fBTcl_AppendElement\fR, and \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR all modify the interpreter
+result. They may cause the old interpreter result to have its reference count
+decremented and a new interpreter result to be allocated. After they have been
+called, the reference count of the interpreter result is guaranteed to be 1.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_Interp,
 Tcl_GetReturnOptions
@@ -250,18 +250,18 @@ and \fBTcl_ObjGetVar2\fR is (if non-NULL) a value with a reference of at least
 operated upon.
 .PP
 The \fInewValuePtr\fR argument to \fBTcl_SetVar2Ex\fR and \fBTcl_ObjSetVar2\fR
-may be an arbitrary reference count value.  Its reference count is
-incremented on success.  On failure, if its reference count is zero, it is
-decremented and freed so the caller need do nothing with it.
+may be an arbitrary reference count value; its reference count will be
+incremented on success. However, it is recommended to not use a zero reference
+count value, as that makes correct handling of the error case tricky.
 .PP
-The \fIpart1Ptr\fR argument to \fBTcl_ObjSetVar2\fR and \fBTcl_ObjGetVar2\fR can
-have any reference count.  These functions never modify it.
+The \fIpart1\fR argument to \fBTcl_ObjSetVar2\fR and \fBTcl_ObjGetVar2\fR can
+have any reference count; these functions never modify it. It is recommended
+to not use a zero reference count for this argument.
 .PP
-The \fIpart2Ptr\fR argument to \fBTcl_ObjSetVar2\fR and \fBTcl_ObjGetVar2\fR, if
+The \fIpart2\fR argument to \fBTcl_ObjSetVar2\fR and \fBTcl_ObjGetVar2\fR, if
 non-NULL, should not have a zero reference count as these functions may
-retain a reference to it, particularly when it is used to create an array
-element that did not previously exist, and decrementing the reference count
-later would leave them pointing to a freed Tcl_Obj.
+retain a reference to it (particularly when it is used to create an array
+element that did not previously exist).

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_TraceVar
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More